IOWA ADMINISTRATIVEBULLETIN
Published Biweekly VOLUME XXIII NUMBER 10 November
15, 2000 Pages 741 to 824
CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE
Pages 752 to 820 include ARC 0252B to ARC
0296B
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 744
Publication procedures 745
Administrative rules on CD–ROM 745
Agency identification numbers 750
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 743
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Dental hygienists—administration of
nitrous
oxide inhalation analgesia, 1.1,
10.3(1), 29.6 ARC
0255B 752
Notice, Waivers, 7.4, 7.5, 15.5, 27.12, 30.4
ARC
0261B 753
Notice, Special licenses, 13.1, 13.2
ARC
0260B 755
Notice, Prescribing, administering and
dispensing drugs,
16.1 to 16.7 ARC 0259B 757
Notice, Advertising, 26.1 ARC 0258B 758
Notice, Oral and maxillofacial pathology;
accreditation,
28.1, 28.2(2), 28.3(2), 28.4,
28.5(2), 28.6(2), 28.7(2), 28.8(2),
28.9(2)
ARC 0257B 759
Notice, Renewal dates for deep sedation/general
anesthesia
and conscious sedation permits,
29.5(5), 29.10(2) ARC
0256B 760
Filed, Registration of dental assistants,
amendments to chs
1, 6, 10, 14, 15, 21,
22, 25, 27, 30 to 34 ARC 0264B 797
Filed Emergency, Waiver of dental
examination—
dispensing of fluoride, 16.2(2) ARC
0262B 785
Filed, Dental assistants, ch 20 ARC
0263B 797
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice, Emergency shelter grants program,
24.2 to 24.4,
24.6, 24.7, 24.10(6), 24.12(4)
ARC 0266B 760
Notice, Homeless shelter operation grants
program, 29.1 to
29.12 ARC 0265B 761
Filed, Certified school to career program,
11.1 to 11.4
ARC 0267B 801
Filed Emergency After Notice, Accelerated
career education
(ACE) program, ch 20
ARC 0269B 785
Filed, Brownfield redevelopment program,
53.8(3), ch 65
ARC 0268B 802
Filed, Community attraction and tourism
development
program, 211.1 to 211.11
ARC 0271B 802
Filed, Vision Iowa program; vision Iowa
board: uniform
waiver and variance rules,
chs 212, 213 ARC 0270B 807
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]“umbrella”
Notice, Waivers or variances from administrative
rules, ch
6 ARC 0291B 763
Notice, Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.6
ARC
0289B 765
Notice, Professional administrator’s license,
14.14
ARC 0290B 766
Notice, Behind–the–wheel driving
instructor
authorization, 21.1 to 21.6 ARC 0287B 767
Filed, One–year conditional license, 14.15
ARC
0292B 813
Filed, Two–year conditional license, 14.16
ARC
0296B 813
Filed, Elementary and secondary school
counselors, 14.20
ARC 0293B 814
Filed, General science endorsement, 14.21(17)
ARC
0294B 814
Filed, Two–year administrator exchange license,
14.25
ARC 0295B 815
Filed Emergency, Behind–the–wheel
driving
instructor authorization, 21.1 to 21.6
ARC
0288B 790
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Filed, Certified school to career program,
48.2 to 48.4
ARC 0252B 815
Filed, Supplementary weighting—at–risk
and
alternative school programs, 97.1 to 97.3
ARC
0253B 816
Filed Emergency After Notice, Vision Iowa
school
infrastructure program, ch 100
ARC 0254B 791
ENVIRONMENTAL
PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
NATURAL RESOURCES
DEPARTMENT[561]“umbrella”
Notice, Animal feeding operations,
amendments to be
proposed to ch 65
ARC 0278B 767
Notice, Solid waste comprehensive planning
requirements, ch
101; rescind ch 109
ARC 0279B 768
Filed Without Notice, References to federal
effluent and
pretreatment standards,
60.2, 62.4, 62.5, 63.1(1) ARC
0277B 817
EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT
Proclamation of disaster emergency 821
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, Rates for emergency foster care and
trainers of
foster care preservice, 156.11(2),
156.18(3) ARC 0273B 774
Filed, Tobacco settlement fund risk pool
funding, 25.71 to
25.77 ARC 0272B 818
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE
DEPARTMENT[181]“umbrella”
Notice of Public Hearing 775
Filed, Reporting requirements to health data
commission;
elimination of lifetime maximum
benefit for transplant coverage—small
group
and individual guaranteed issue plans,
5.90; 71.14(8), 75.10(5)
ARC 0285B 818
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]“umbrella”
Notice, Private activity bonds allocation,
8.1, 8.3 to 8.5,
8.9, 8.10 ARC 0286B 775
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
Notice, Decertification or suspension actions,
1.1, 5.1,
6.2, 6.3(2) ARC 0276B 777
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]“umbrella”
Notice, Physician assistants—continuing
education,
325.4(1), 325.5, 325.19, ch 328
ARC 0275B 778
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice, Update of references—trauma care
facility
categorization and verification; trauma,
triage and transfer protocols,
134.2, 135.2(1)
ARC 0274B 780
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 746
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice, Interest rate for 2001, 10.2(20)
ARC
0280B 781
Notice, Casual sales exemption, 18.28
ARC
0281B 782
Filed, Exemptions from sales and use tax,
17.35, 18.20(5),
18.59 ARC 0282B 818
Filed, Exclusion from tax for property
delivered by certain
media, 18.61 ARC 0284B 819
Filed, Cigarette sales, 84.2, 84.4 ARC
0283B 819
CITATION of Administrative Rules
The Iowa
Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number)
IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered
subparagraph).
441 IAC 79 (Chapter)
441 IAC
79.1(249A) (Rule)
441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a” (Paragraph)
441 IAC
79.1(1)“a”(1) (Subparagraph)
The Iowa Administrative
Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page
number), (ARC number).
IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC
872A
PUBLISHED UNDER
AUTHORITY OF IOWA
CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND
17A.6
__________________________________
PREFACE
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in
pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of
Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the
Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements
to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative
Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the
Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses
and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other
“materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee” include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions
and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates
[12C.6]; Workers’ Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury
[535.2(3)“a”]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates
[535.12]; and Regional Banking—Notice of Application and Hearing
[524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material
added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate
deleted material.
Subscriptions and Distribution Telephone:
(515)242–5120
Fax: (515)242–5974
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code
Editor Telephone: (515)281–3355
STEPHANIE A. HOFF, Assistant
Editor (515)281–8157
Fax: (515)281–4424
SUBSCRIPTION
INFORMATION
Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate
publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All
subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid
in advance and are prorated quarterly.
July 1, 2000, to June 30, 2001 $264.00 plus
$15.84 sales tax
Iowa Administrative
Code
The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in
complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement
(replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of
each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements
are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,210.31 plus $72.62 sales
tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a
one–year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative
Bulletin.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $425.61 plus
$25.54 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 2001)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing
Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242–5120
Schedule for Rule
Making
2000
NOTICE SUBMISSION
DEADLINE
|
NOTICE PUB.
DATE
|
HEARING OR COMMENTS 20
DAYS
|
FIRST POSSIBLE ADOPTION
DATE 35 DAYS
|
ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE
|
ADOPTED PUB.
DATE
|
FIRST POSSIBLE
EFFECTIVE DATE
|
POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180
DAYS
|
Dec. 24 ’99
|
Jan. 12 ’00
|
Feb. 1 ’00
|
Feb. 16 ’00
|
Feb. 18 ’00
|
Mar. 8 ’00
|
Apr. 12 ’00
|
July 10 ’00
|
Jan. 7
|
Jan. 26
|
Feb. 15
|
Mar. 1
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 26
|
July 24
|
Jan. 21
|
Feb. 9
|
Feb. 29
|
Mar. 15
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
May 10
|
Aug. 7
|
Feb. 4
|
Feb. 23
|
Mar. 14
|
Mar. 29
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 24
|
Aug. 21
|
Feb. 18
|
Mar. 8
|
Mar. 28
|
Apr. 12
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
June 7
|
Sept. 4
|
Mar. 3
|
Mar. 22
|
Apr. 11
|
Apr. 26
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 21
|
Sept. 18
|
Mar. 17
|
Apr. 5
|
Apr. 25
|
May 10
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
July 5
|
Oct. 2
|
Mar. 31
|
Apr. 19
|
May 9
|
May 24
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 19
|
Oct. 16
|
Apr. 14
|
May 3
|
May 23
|
June 7
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
Aug. 2
|
Oct. 30
|
Apr. 28
|
May 17
|
June 6
|
June 21
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 16
|
Nov. 13
|
May 12
|
May 31
|
June 20
|
July 5
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 30
|
Nov. 27
|
May 26
|
June 14
|
July 4
|
July 19
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Sept. 13
|
Dec. 11
|
June 9
|
June 28
|
July 18
|
Aug. 2
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 27
|
Dec. 25
|
June 23
|
July 12
|
Aug. 1
|
Aug. 16
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Oct. 11
|
Jan. 8 ’01
|
July 7
|
July 26
|
Aug. 15
|
Aug. 30
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 25
|
Jan. 22 ’01
|
July 21
|
Aug. 9
|
Aug. 29
|
Sept. 13
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Nov. 8
|
Feb. 5 ’01
|
Aug. 4
|
Aug. 23
|
Sept. 12
|
Sept. 27
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 22
|
Feb. 19 ’01
|
Aug. 18
|
Sept. 6
|
Sept. 26
|
Oct. 11
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Dec. 6
|
Mar. 5 ’01
|
Sept. 1
|
Sept. 20
|
Oct. 10
|
Oct. 25
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 20
|
Mar. 19 ’01
|
Sept. 15
|
Oct. 4
|
Oct. 24
|
Nov. 8
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Apr. 2 ’01
|
Sept. 29
|
Oct. 18
|
Nov. 7
|
Nov. 22
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Apr. 16 ’01
|
Oct. 13
|
Nov. 1
|
Nov. 21
|
Dec. 6
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Apr. 30 ’01
|
Oct. 27
|
Nov. 15
|
Dec. 5
|
Dec. 20
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
May 14 ’01
|
Nov. 10
|
Nov. 29
|
Dec. 19
|
Jan. 3 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
May 28 ’01
|
Nov. 24
|
Dec. 13
|
Jan. 2 ’01
|
Jan. 17 ’01
|
Jan. 19 ’01
|
Feb. 7 ’01
|
Mar. 14 ’01
|
June 11 ’01
|
Dec. 8
|
Dec. 27
|
Jan. 16 ’01
|
Jan. 31 ’01
|
Feb. 2 ’01
|
Feb. 21 ’01
|
Mar. 28 ’01
|
June 25 ’01
|
Dec. 22
|
Jan. 10 ’01
|
Jan. 30 ’01
|
Feb. 14 ’01
|
Feb. 16 ’01
|
Mar. 7 ’01
|
Apr. 11 ’01
|
July 9 ’01
|
Jan. 5 ’01
|
Jan. 24 ’01
|
Feb. 13 ’01
|
Feb. 28 ’01
|
Mar. 2 ’01
|
Mar. 21 ’01
|
Apr. 25 ’01
|
July 23 ’01
|
PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB
|
ISSUE NUMBER
|
SUBMISSION DEADLINE
|
ISSUE DATE
|
12
|
Friday, November 24, 2000
|
December 13, 2000
|
13
|
Friday, December 8, 2000
|
December 27, 2000
|
14
|
Friday, December 22, 2000
|
January 10, 2001
|
PLEASE
NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o’clock noon
on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from
the Administrative Rules Coordinator’s office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions
made on the following Monday will be accepted.
PUBLICATION PROCEDURES
TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of
State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code
Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative
Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish
the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most
other word processing systems, including Microsoft Word, Word for Windows (Word
7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule–making
documents, we request a 3.5” High Density (not Double Density) IBM
PC–compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each
diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for
exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the
Administrative Code Division, First Floor South, Grimes State Office Building or
included with the documents submitted to the Governor’s Administrative
Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E–mail access,
you may send your document as an attachment to an E–mail message,
addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the
rule–making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies
by the Governor’s office, but not on the diskettes; diskettes are returned
unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and
cost–effectively than was previously possible and is greatly
appreciated.
______________________
IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE RULES and IOWA COURT RULES on
CD–ROM
2000 SUMMER EDITION
Containing: Iowa Administrative Code (updated through
August 2000)
Iowa Administrative Bulletins (January 2000 through
August 2000)
Iowa Court Rules (updated through August
2000)
For free brochures and order forms contact:
Legislative Service Bureau
Attn: Ms. Stephanie
Cox
State Capitol
Des Moines, Iowa 50319
Telephone:
(515)281–3566 Fax:
(515)281–8027
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us
PUBLIC HEARINGS
To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request
that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)“b” by allowing
the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty
days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
AGENCY
|
HEARING LOCATION
|
DATE AND TIME OF HEARING
|
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
|
|
Crime victim compensation, 9.25 to 9.36 IAB 11/1/00
ARC 0242B
|
Conference Room Suite 100 100 Court Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
November 21, 2000 10 a.m.
|
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
|
|
Dental hygienists—administration of nitrous oxide
inhalation analgesia, 1.1, 10.3(1), 29.6 IAB 11/15/00 ARC
0255B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 3 to 4 p.m.
|
Waivers; exemptions from waiver rule, 7.1, 7.2, 7.4, 7.5,
15.5, 27.12, 30.4 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0261B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Resident dental licenses and faculty permits—application
requirements, 13.1, 13.2 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0260B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Prescribing, administering, and dispensing drugs, 16.1
to 16.7 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0259B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Disclosure of payment for advertising, 26.1 IAB
11/15/00 ARC 0258B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Oral and maxillofacial pathology; accreditation, 28.1
to 28.9 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0257B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
Renewal of permits for deep sedation/general
anesthesia, 29.5(5), 29.10(2) IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0256B
|
Conference Room Suite D 400 SW 8th St. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 to 3 p.m.
|
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
|
|
Emergency shelter grants program, 24.2, 24.3, 24.6,
24.7, 24.10(6), 24.12(4) IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0266B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
Homeless shelter operation grants program, 29.1 to
29.12 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0265B
|
Northwest Conference Room Second Floor 200 E. Grand
Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 p.m.
|
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
|
|
Waivers or variances from administrative rules, ch
6 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0291B
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Adding endorsements to licenses, 14.6 IAB 11/15/00
ARC 0289B
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2 p.m.
|
Requirements for a professional administrator’s
license, 14.14 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0290B
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 2:30 p.m.
|
Behind–the–wheel driving instructor
authorization, 21.1 to 21.6 IAB 11/15/00 ARC
0287B (See also ARC 0288B herein)
|
Room 3 South, Third Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
|
|
Animal feeding operations, ch 65, amendments to be
proposed IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0278B
|
Lower Conference Room Sioux Center Public Library 327
First Ave. NE Sioux Center, Iowa
|
December 12, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
First National Bank Bldg. 211 First Ave. NW Hampton,
Iowa
|
December 13, 2000 7 p.m.
|
|
Room 101 Iowa Western Community College 906 Sunnyside
Ln. Atlantic, Iowa
|
December 18, 2000 6:30 p.m.
|
|
Conference Room—2nd Floor Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 19, 2000 1 p.m.
|
|
Marland Room, Iowa Hall—2nd Floor Kirkwood Community
College 6301 Kirkwood Blvd. SW Cedar Rapids, Iowa
|
December 20, 2000 1:30 p.m.
|
Solid waste comprehensive planning requirements, rescind
chs 101, 109; adopt ch 101 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0279B (ICN
Network)
|
IDED 200 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Carnegie–Stout Public Library 360 W. 11th
St. Dubuque, Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Northern Trails AEA 2 9184B 265th St. Clear Lake,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Spencer High School 800 E. Third St. Spencer,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]
(Cont’d)
|
|
|
Fort Dodge High School 819 N. 25th St. Fort Dodge,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Iowa City Public Library 123 S. Linn St. Iowa City,
Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
|
Indian Hills Community College 651 Indian Hills
Dr. Ottumwa, Iowa
|
December 8, 2000 1:30 to 4:30 p.m.
|
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
|
|
Medicaid coverage for services provided by local school
districts and infants and toddlers with disabilities program, 77.43, 77.44,
78.49, 78.50, 79.1(2), 80.2(2), 88.5(3) IAB 11/1/00 ARC
0228B
|
Conference Room 104 City View Plaza 1200
University Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 22, 2000 10 a.m.
|
IOWA FINANCE AUTHORITY[265]
|
|
Private activity bond allocation, 8.1, 8.3 to 8.5, 8.9,
8.10 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0286B
|
Conference Room, Suite 250 100 E. Grand Ave. Des Moines,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 9 a.m.
|
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
|
|
Decertification or suspension actions, 1.1, 5.1, 6.2,
6.3(2) IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0276B
|
Conference Room Camp Dodge Johnston, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 9 a.m.
|
NATURAL RESOURCE COMMISSION[571]
|
|
Hunting license, 15.1(1) IAB 11/1/00 ARC
0240B
|
Conference Room—5th Floor West Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 22, 2000 1 p.m.
|
Wildlife habitat promotion with local entities—grant
review process, 23.5, 23.6(2), 23.7(3) IAB 11/1/00 ARC
0239B
|
Conference Room—5th Floor East Wallace State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 22, 2000 10 a.m.
|
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
|
|
Uniform rules for waivers, ch 33 IAB 11/1/00 ARC
0238B
|
7401 Register Dr. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2000 9 a.m.
|
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
|
|
Podiatry examiners, 220.1, 220.7, 220.8, 220.100 to
220.104, 220.106 to 220.109, 220.200, 220.212, ch 222 IAB 11/1/00 ARC
0249B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
Physician assistant examiners, 325.4(1), 325.5, 325.19, ch
328 IAB 11/15/00 ARC 0275B
|
Board Conference Room—5th Floor Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
December 6, 2000 9 to 11 a.m.
|
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
|
|
Trauma system—references, 134.2, 135.2(1) IAB
11/15/00 ARC 0274B (ICN Network)
|
National Guard Armory 11 E. 23rd St. Spencer,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
|
National Guard Armory 1712 LaClark Rd. Carroll,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
National Guard Armory 315 12th Ave. NW Hampton,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
ICN Room, Second Floor Grimes State Office Bldg. Des
Moines, Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
National Guard Armory 195 Radford Rd. Dubuque,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
|
National Guard Armory 501 Hwy. 1 South Washington,
Iowa
|
December 5, 2000 1 to 2 p.m
|
Tobacco use prevention and control—community partnership
initiative and funding process, chs 151, 152 IAB 11/1/00 ARC
0246B (See also ARC 0245B)
|
Conference Room—5th Floor East Lucas State Office
Bldg. Des Moines, Iowa
|
November 21, 2000 1 to 2 p.m.
|
AGENCY IDENTIFICATION
NUMBERS
Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering
system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
“Umbrella” agencies and elected officials are set
out below at the left–hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out
in lowercase type under their statutory “umbrellas.”
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the
original reorganization legislation as “umbrella” agencies are
included alphabetically in small capitals at the left–hand margin, e.g.,
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS’ AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD,
IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of African–Americans, Division on
the[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY
COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY
COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION
ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK
FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY
COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION,
IOWA[727]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD,
IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION,
IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
TURKEY MARKETING COUNCIL,
IOWA[787]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS
COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION
COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers’ Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development
Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES
ARC 0255B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 1, “Definitions,” Chapter 10, “General,” and
Chapter 29, “Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and
Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 of the amendments updates the definition of
“practice of dental hygiene” to include the administration of
nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia by a dental hygienist if the administration
has been delegated by a dentist in accordance with new subrules 29.6(4) and
29.6(5). In Item 2, subrule 10.3(1) is amended to require direct supervision of
a dental hygienist during the administration of nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia. Item 3 of the amendments creates two new subrules. The first new
subrule establishes minimum training standards for dental hygienists to meet
prior to administering nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia. The second new
subrule requires a dentist to provide direct supervision of a hygienist
administering nitrous oxide and to establish a written office protocol
concerning the delegation of nitrous oxide.
These amendments are not subject to waiver or variance as the
rules establish minimum training standards and supervision requirements that
must be followed in order to protect public health, safety, and
welfare.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state. ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
3 to 4 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 19, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners. The Board of Dental Examiners
ratified a recommendation of the Dental Hygiene Committee of the Board regarding
the training needed by a hygienist to administer nitrous oxide in subrule
29.6(4).
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
17A as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176, and Iowa Code chapters 147 and
153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend
650—1.1(153), definition of “practice of dental
hygiene,” as follows:
“Practice of dental hygiene” as defined in Iowa
Code section 153.15 means the performance of the following educational,
therapeutic, preventive and diagnostic dental hygiene procedures which are
delegated by and under the supervision of a dentist licensed pursuant to Iowa
Code chapter 153.
1. Educational: Assessing the need for, planning,
implementing, and evaluating oral health education programs for individual
patients and community groups; conducting workshops and in–service
training sessions on dental health for nurses, school personnel, institutional
staff, community groups and other agencies providing consultation and technical
assistance for promotional, preventive and educational services.
2. Therapeutic: Identifying and evaluating factors which
indicate the need for and performing (a) oral prophylaxis, which includes
supragingival and subgingival debridement of plaque, and detection and removal
of calculus with instruments or any other devices; (b) periodontal scaling and
root planing; (c) removing and polishing hardened excess restorative material;
(d) administering local anesthesia with the proper permit; (e) administering
nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia in accordance with subrules 29.6(4) and
29.6(5); (e f) applying or administering medicaments
prescribed by a dentist, including chemotherapeutic agents and medicaments or
therapies for the treatment of periodontal disease and caries.
3. Preventive: Applying pit and fissure sealants and other
medications or methods for caries and periodontal disease control; organizing
and administering fluoride rinse or sealant programs.
4. Diagnostic: Reviewing medical and dental health histories;
performing oral inspection; indexing dental and periodontal disease; making
occlusal registrations for mounting study casts; testing pulp vitality;
analyzing dietary surveys.
The following services may only be delegated by a dentist to a
dental hygienist: administration of local anesthesia, placement of sealants, and
the removal of any plaque, stain, calculus, or hard natural or synthetic
material except by toothbrush, floss, or rubber cup coronal polish.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 10.3(1) as
follows:
10.3(1) The administration of local anesthesia or
nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia shall only be provided under the direct
supervision of a dentist. Direct supervision of the dental hygienist requires
that the supervising dentist be present in the treatment facility, but it is not
required that the dentist be physically present in the treatment room.
ITEM 3. Adopt new
subrules 29.6(4) and 29.6(5) as follows:
29.6(4) A dental hygienist may administer nitrous
oxide inhalation analgesia provided the administration of nitrous oxide
inhalation analgesia has been delegated by a dentist and the hygienist meets the
following qualifications:
a. Has completed a board–approved course of training;
or
b. Has training equivalent to that required in
29.6(4)“a” while a student in an accredited school of dental
hygiene.
29.6(5) A dentist who delegates the administration of
nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia in accordance with 29.6(4) shall provide
direct supervision pursuant to 650—10.3(153) and establish a written
office protocol for taking vital signs, adjusting anesthetic concentrations, and
addressing emergency situations that may arise.
ARC 0261B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 7, “Rules,” Chapter 15, “Fees,” Chapter 27,
“Standards of Practice and Principles of Professional Ethics,” and
Chapter 30, “Discipline,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 updates the implementation clause for rules in Chapter
7 to reflect other statutory provisions that the rules implement.
Item 2 implements Executive Order Number 11 executed and
signed by the Governor on September 14, 1999. The Executive Order directs state
rule–making authorities to adopt uniform rules regarding waivers from
administrative rules. These proposed amendments are in response to that order.
The amendments also implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176, which establishes
additional terms and conditions concerning the issuance of waivers.
Item 3 exempts from waiver or variance the Board’s rules
on fees. Iowa Code section 147.80 requires the Board to set fees based upon
costs of sustaining the Board and the actual cost of licensing, and requires the
Board to generate revenues to equal projected costs. The Board must be able to
collect fees uniformly in order to meet this statutory provision.
Items 4 and 5 exempt from waiver or variance Board rules that
establish principles of professional ethics and grounds for discipline. These
rules establish standards for the profession that must be maintained in order
to protect public health, safety, and welfare. The Board has determined that
there are no circumstances in which professional ethics, incompetency,
malpractice, fraud, or other grounds for discipline should be subject to waiver
or variance.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state. ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 20, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, and 153 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rules 650—7.1(153)
and 650— 7.2(153), parenthetical implementation, as follows:
650—7.1(17A,147,153) and
650—7.2(17A,147,153)
ITEM 2. Adopt the following
new rules:
650—7.4(17A,147,153) Waivers.
7.4(1) Definition. For purposes of this rule,
“a waiver or variance” means action by the board that suspends, in
whole or in part, the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied to an
identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that person.
For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a
“waiver” and a “variance.”
7.4(2) Scope of rule. This rule outlines generally
applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting of an individual
waiver from a rule adopted by the board in situations where no other more
specifically applicable law provides for a waiver. To the extent another more
specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a particular
rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this rule with respect to any
waiver from that rule.
7.4(3) Applicability of rule. The board may grant a
waiver from a rule only if the board has jurisdiction over the rule and the
requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes, constitutional
provisions, or other provisions of law. The board may not waive requirements
created or duties imposed by statute.
7.4(4) Criteria for waiver. In response to a petition
completed pursuant to subrule 7.4(6), the board may in its sole discretion issue
an order waiving in whole or in part the requirements of a rule if the board
finds, based on clear and convincing evidence, all of the following:
a. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
b. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
c. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
d. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
7.4(5) Filing of petition. A petition for a waiver
must be submitted in writing to the board as follows:
a. Application for license, registration, certification, or
permit. If the petition relates to an application for license, registration,
certification, or permit, the petition shall be made in accordance with the
filing requirements for the application in question.
b. Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding, using the caption of the contested case.
c. Other. If the petition does not relate to an application
or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted to the board’s
executive director.
d. A petition is deemed filed when it is received at the
board’s office. A petition should be sent to the Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687. The
petition must be typewritten or legibly handwritten in ink and substantially
conform to the form specified in 650—7.5(17A,147,153).
7.4(6) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
shall include the following information where applicable and known to the
requester:
a. The name, address, and telephone number of the person for
whom a waiver is being requested and a reference to any related contested case.
Also, the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner’s legal
representative, if applicable, and a statement indicating the person to whom
communications concerning the petition should be directed.
b. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
c. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
d. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in subrule 7.4(4).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, registration,
certification, or permit affected by the proposed waiver, including a
description of each affected license, registration, certification, or permit
held by the requester, any formal charges filed, any notices of violation,
contested case hearings, or investigations relating to the regulated activity,
license, registration, certification or permit.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s action in similar circumstances.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision that also regulates the activity in question or
that might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person who
would be adversely affected by the grant of the petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver.
7.4(7) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver, the board may request additional information
from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding circumstances. If
the petition was not filed in a contested case, the board may, on its own motion
or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a telephonic or in–person
meeting between the petitioner and the board’s executive director, a
committee of the board, or a quorum of the board.
7.4(8) Notice. The board shall acknowledge a petition
upon receipt. Except where otherwise provided by law, every petition shall be
served by the petitioner upon each of the parties of record of the proceeding,
and on all other persons identified in the petition for waiver as affected by
the petition, simultaneously with the filing. The petitioner shall serve the
notice on all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law and
provide a written statement to the board attesting that notice has been
provided. In addition, the board may give notice to other persons.
7.4(9) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code Supplement sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings
shall apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case. A
person who objects to a denial of a waiver in proceedings other than a contested
case hearing may make an informal appearance before the board to request
reconsideration.
7.4(10) Ruling. An order granting or denying a waiver
shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the particular person and
rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a statement of the relevant
facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and a description of the
precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is issued.
a. Board discretion. The final decision on whether the
circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the sole
discretion of the board, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each
petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the board based on the unique,
individual circumstances set out in the petition.
b. Burden of persuasion. The burden of persuasion rests with
the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the board
should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from a board rule.
c. Narrowly tailored. A waiver, if granted, shall provide the
narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a rule.
d. Administrative deadlines. When the rule from which a
waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the board shall balance
the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of
uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
e. Conditions. The board may place any condition on a waiver
that the board finds desirable to protect the public health, safety, and
welfare.
f. Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be permanent
unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be impracticable.
If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to renewal. At
the sole discretion of the board, a waiver may be renewed if the board finds
that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
g. Time for ruling. The board shall grant or deny a
petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do so
within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
h. When deemed denied. Failure of the board to grant or deny
a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a denial of that
petition by the board. However, the board shall remain responsible for issuing
an order denying a waiver.
i. Service of order. Within seven days of its issuance, any
order issued under this rule shall be transmitted to the petitioner or the
person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person entitled to such
notice by any provision of law.
7.4(11) Public availability. All orders granting or
denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for public
inspection as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.3. Petitions for a
waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are public records under
Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the
board is authorized or required to keep confidential. The board may accordingly
redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public
inspection.
7.4(12) Summary reports. Semiannually, the board
shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a waiver has been
granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or denied for each
rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by these rules, and a
general summary of the reasons justifying the board’s actions on waiver
requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent to which the
granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the rule itself.
Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and shall be
provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the
administrative rules review committee.
7.4(13) Cancellation of a waiver. A waiver issued by
the board pursuant to this rule may be withdrawn, canceled, or modified if,
after appropriate notice and hearing, the board issues an order finding any of
the following:
a. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
b. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been insufficient; or
c. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
7.4(14) Violations. A violation of a condition in a
waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular rule for which
the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver under this rule
who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the same remedies or
penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
7.4(15) Defense. After the board issues an order
granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and the specific
facts indicated therein only for the person to whom the order pertains in any
proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
7.4(16) Judicial review. Judicial review of a
board’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A,
147, and 153 and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176.
650—7.5(17A,147,153) Sample petition for waiver.
A petition for waiver filed in accordance with 650—7.4(17A, 147,153) must
meet the requirements specified therein and must substantially conform to the
following form:
BEFORE THE BOARD OF DENTAL EXAMINERS
|
Petition by (Name of Petitioner) for the
waiver/ variance of (insert rule citation) relating to (insert the
subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER/ VARIANCE
|
1. Petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver or variance)
name, address, and telephone number. Also, the name, address, and telephone
number of the petitioner’s legal representative, if applicable, and a
statement indicating the person to whom communications concerning the petition
should be directed.
2. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver is
requested.
3. Describe the specific waiver requested, including the
precise scope and time period for which the waiver will extend.
4. Explain the relevant facts and reasons that the petitioner
believes justify a waiver. Include in your answer all of the
following:
a. Why applying the rule would result in undue hardship to the
petitioner;
b. Why waiving the rule would not prejudice the substantial
legal rights of any person;
c. Whether the provisions of the rule subject to the waiver
are specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law; and
d. How substantially equal protection of public health,
safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in
the particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
5. Provide a history of any prior contacts between the board
and petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, registration,
certification or permit that would be affected by the waiver. Include a
description of each affected license, registration, certification, or permit
held by the petitioner, any formal charges filed, any notices of violation, any
contested case hearings held, or any investigations related to the regulated
activity, license, registration, certification, or permit.
6. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
board’s action in similar circumstances.
7. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision that also regulates the activity in
question or that might be affected by the grant of the petition.
8. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of the
waiver.
9. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed
waiver.
10. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information
relevant to the waiver.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
____________________________ _______________
Petitioner’s signature Date
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule
650—15.5(17A,147,153,272C) as follows:
650—15.5(17A,147,153,272C) Waiver prohibited.
Rules in this chapter are not subject to waiver pursuant to 650— Chapter 7
or any other provision of law.
ITEM 4. Adopt new rule
650—27.12(17A,147,153, 272C) as follows:
650—27.12(17A,147,153,272C) Waiver prohibited.
Rules in this chapter are not subject to waiver pursuant to 650—Chapter 7
or any other provision of law.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
650—30.4(153), introductory paragraph, as follows:
650—30.4(147,153,272C) Grounds for
discipline. The following shall constitute grounds for the imposition by
the board of one or more of the disciplinary sanctions set forth in rule
650—30.2(153) specifically including the imposition of civil penalties not
to exceed $10,000. This rule is not subject to waiver pursuant to
650—Chapter 7 or any other provision of law.
ARC 0260B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 13, “Special Licenses,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments update the Board’s rules on resident
dentist licenses and faculty permits to clarify application requirements. The
Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review formed pursuant to Executive Order
Number 8 recommended the proposed amendments.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the board in accordance with the rules adopted governing the issuance of
waivers or variances.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state. ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 19, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendments are proposed.
Amend rules 650—13.1(153) and 650—13.2(153) as
follows:
650—13.1(153) Resident dentist
license.
13.1(1) All persons granted permission by the
Iowa board of dentistry A dentist seeking permission to practice
as residents a resident, interns
intern or graduate students student in a
board–approved teaching or educational institutions
institution offering specialty oriented courses shall be required to
make application to the board on official board forms and furnish to the
board the following:
a. A signed written statement from the superintendent,
director or head dean or designated administrative officer of
the institution in which the applicant seeks to enroll.
b. A signed written statement of a licensed
Iowa dentist who holds an active Iowa license or faculty permit and
who proposes to exercise supervision and direction over said applicant,
specifying in general terms the time and manner thereof.
c. Satisfactory evidence of graduation from an accredited
school of dentistry or other school approved by the board.
d. All applicants shall be required to furnish to the board
such additional information as the board may deem necessary to enable it to
determine the proficiency, character, education or experience of such
applicant.
e. Applications must be signed and verified as to the truth
of the statements contained therein, and all questions must be completely
answered.
f. The appropriate fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15
of these rules.
13.1(2) If approved by the board, a resident
dentist license shall allow the licensee to serve as a resident, intern, or
graduate student dentist, under the supervision of a practitioner who holds an
active Iowa license or faculty permit, at the University of Iowa College of
Dentistry or at an institution approved by the board.
13.1(2 3) If a resident
dentist licensee leaves the service of such institution during the tenure of
residency, internship or graduate study, the license shall be returned
immediately to the board and the authority granted by the board to the
licensee shall be automatically canceled.
13.1(3) Application for the
resident dentist licenseshall be on official board forms and shall be filed with
the board together with the appropriate fee as specified in 650— Chapter
15 of these rules.
13.1(4) The resident dentist license shall be valid
for one year and may be renewed annually during such period of time as the
dental resident is continuously enrolled in a graduate dental education
program.
13.1(5) No examination or continuing education
shall be required for this license.
13.1(6) The resident dentist licensee shall be subject
to all applicable provisions of Iowa Code chapters 147 and 153
the law and the rules of the board. Any violations of these laws or rules
or the failure of the licensee to perform and progress satisfactorily or receive
effective supervision as determined by the board, shall be
grounds for revocation of the license after proper notice and hearing.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
153.22.
650—13.2(153) Dental college and dental hygiene
program faculty permits.
13.2(1) The board may issue to members of the
faculty of the college of dentistry a faculty permit entitling the
holder thereof to practice dentistry or dental hygiene as a
faculty member within the University of Iowa college
College of dentistry Dentistry or a dental
hygiene program and affiliated teaching facilities as an adjunct to the
faculty members’ teaching positions and associated responsibilities and
functions therein.
13.2(2) The dean of the college of dentistry or
chairperson of a dental hygiene program shall certify to the board or the dental
hygiene committee those bona fide members of the college’s or a dental
hygiene program’s faculty who are not licensed and
registered to practice dentistry or dental hygiene in Iowa. Any faculty
member so certified shall, prior to commencing duties in the college of
dentistry or a dental hygiene program, make written application to the board or
the dental hygiene committee for such a permit on
official board forms and shall provide the
following:.
a. Information regarding the professional qualifications
and background of the applicant.
b. Such additional information as the board may deem
necessary to enable it to determine the character, education or experience of
such applicant.
c. Applications must be signed and verified as to the truth
of the statements contained therein, and all questions must be completely
answered.
13.2(3) Such A faculty permit
shall expire on the first day of July next following the date
of issuance and may, at the sole discretion of the board, be renewed on a yearly
basis.
13.2(4) The appropriate fee as specified in
650—Chapter 15 of these rules shall be paid by the applicant for issuance
and renewal of the faculty permit.
13.2(5) The faculty permit shall be valid only so long
as the holder thereof remains a member of the faculty of the
college of dentistry or member of the faculty of a dental hygiene program in
Iowa and shall subject the holder to all provisions of the law regulating
the practice of dentistry and dental hygiene in this state.
13.2(6) Beginning with the renewal period July
1, 1996, through June 30, 1997, faculty Faculty permit holders
will be are required to meet obtain
15 hours of continuing education requirements in
accordance with the guidelines in 650— Chapter 25 for renewal of
the faculty permits permit. The faculty
permit holder will be required to submit with the application for renewal
a A report of continuing education hours earned in the previous
fiscal year and every year thereafter shall be submitted by
the permit holder at the time of renewal. A minimum of 15 hours of
continuing education will be required. The continuing education hours mustmeet
the continuing education guidelines set forth in 650— Chapter
25.
13.2(7) Application for issuance of a dental hygiene
program faculty permit shall be made to the dental hygiene committee for
consideration and recommendation to the board pursuant to 650—Chapter
5.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
153.37.
ARC 0259B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 16, “Prescribing, Administering, and Dispensing Drugs,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These amendments update the Board’s rules on
prescribing, administering, and dispensing drugs by making the rules consistent
with rules of the Board of Pharmacy Examiners. The amendments also allow
dentists to electronically transmit prescriptions. In addition, Item 2 of the
amendments waives the requirement for a dentist to conduct a dental examination
of patients who receive fluoride dispensed under protocols of the Dental Health
Bureau of the Department of Public Health. This amendment will facilitate the
fluoride program of the Dental Health Bureau. The Board’s Committee for
Regulatory Review formed pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the
proposed amendments.
These rules will be subject to waiver at the sole discretion
of the Board in accordance with the rules adopted governing the issuance of
waivers or variances.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state. ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 19, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650—16.1(153) as
follows:
650—16.1(124,153,155A)
Definitions.
“Controlled substance” means a drug,
substance, or immediate precursor or other substance listed in
Schedules I through V of division II, of Iowa
Code chapter 124.
“Electronic signature” means a confidential
personalized digital key, code, or number used for secure electronic data
transmissions which identifies and authenticates the signatory.
“Electronic transmission” means the
transmission of information in electronic form or the transmission of the exact
visual image of a document by way of electronic equipment. Electronic
transmission includes but is not limited to transmission by facsimile machine
and transmission by computer link, modem, or other computer communication
device.
“Prescription drug” means (a) any drug or
medicine the label of which is required by federal law to bear the statement:
“Caution: federal law prohibits dispensing without a prescription,”
(b) any drug or medicine which, because of its toxicity or other potentiality
for harmful effect, or the method of its use, or the collateral measures
necessary to its use, is not safe for use except under the supervision of a
practitioner licensed by law to prescribe, administer, or dispense such drug or
medicine, or (c) a new drug or medicine which is limited under state law to use
under the professional supervision of a practitioner licensed by law to
prescribe, administer, or dispense such drug or medicine as defined in Iowa Code
section 155.3(10) any of the following: (a) a substance for which
federal or state law requires a prescription before it may be legally dispensed
to the public; (b) a drug or device that under federal law is required, prior to
being dispensed or delivered, to be labeled with either of the following
statements: (1) Caution: Federal law prohibits dispensing without a
prescription or (2) Caution: Federal law restricts this drug to use by or on
the order of a licensed veterinarian; or (c) a drug or device that is required
by any applicable federal or state law or regulation to be dispensed on
prescription only, or is restricted to use by a practitioner only.
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 16.2(2)
and 16.2(4) as follows:
16.2(2) A dental examination must be conducted and a
medical history taken before a dentist initially prescribes, administers, or
dispenses medication to a patient, except for patients who receive fluoride
dispensed under protocols approved by the dental health bureau of the department
of public health. The examination must focus on the patient’s dental
problems, and the resulting diagnosis must relate to the patient’s
specific complaint. The patient’s dental record must contain written
evidence of the examination and medical history.
16.2(4) A patient’s dental record that contains
an entry pertaining to the issuance of medications must be retained by
the dentist for a minimum of five years following the date of the last
entry in accordance with 650—27.11(153,272C).
ITEM 3. Adopt new subrule
16.2(5) as follows:
16.2(5) The prescribing, administering, and dispensing
of prescription drugs shall be done in accordance with all applicable state and
federal laws.
ITEM 4. Amend subrules 16.3(2), 16.3(3),
and 16.3(6) as follows:
16.3(2) When controlled substances are administered or
dispensed, including samples, records that are readily retrievable and
separate and apart from the patient records must be maintained showing date
of dispensing, name and address of person to whom the drugs were administered or
dispensed, and the name, and quantity, and
strength of drugs administered or dispensed.
16.3(3) All controlled substance records must
be retained for a period of two years from the date of the last entry. All
records must be readily available for inspection by state or federal
agents.
16.3(6) The dentist shall notify state
controlled substance authorities the board of pharmacy examiners
of the loss or theft of controlled substances upon
within two weeks of the discovery of the loss or theft.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 16.4(1) as
follows:
16.4(1) Containers. A prescription drug shall be
dispensed in a container which meets the requirements of the Poison Prevention
Packaging Act of 1970, 15 U.S.C.§§ 1471–1476
(1976) which relates to childproof closure, unless otherwise
required by the patient. Containers must also meet the requirements of Section
502G of the Federal Food Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §301 et seq.
(1976) which pertains to light resistance and
moisture–resistance needs of the drug being dispensed.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 16.4(2),
numbered paragraph “5,” as follows:
5. Name, quantity, and strength of
medication.
ITEM 7. Amend rule
650—16.5(153) as follows:
Amend subrule 16.5(2) as follows:
16.5(2) The dentist’s signature on a
prescription must be original or an electronic signature, not a copy or
facsimile stamp.
Renumber subrules 16.5(3) and 16.5(4) as
new rule 650—16.7(153) and subrule 16.7(1)
respectively.
Adopt new subrule 16.5(3) as follows:
16.5(3) On each occasion when medication is prescribed
to a patient, the prescription issued to the patient shall contain the following
information: the name of the patient for whom the prescription is intended; the
name, quantity, and strength of the medication; the directions for its use; the
date of issuance; and the name, address, and written or electronic signature of
the dentist issuing the prescription.
ITEM 8. Adopt new rule
650—16.6(153) as follows:
650—16.6(153) Transmission of prescriptions. A
prescription drug order may be transmitted to a pharmacy in written form, orally
including telephone voice communication, or by electronic transmission in
accordance with applicable federal and state laws and rules. A dentist shall
take adequate measures to guard against the diversion of prescription drugs and
controlled substances through prescription forgeries. The dentist may authorize
an employee to transmit to the pharmacy a prescription drug order orally or by
electronic transmission provided that the identity of the transmitting employee
is included in the order.
16.6(1) Computer–to–computer transmission
of a prescription. Prescription drug orders, excluding orders for controlled
substances, may be communicated directly from a dentist’s computer to a
pharmacy’s computer by electronic transmission.
a. Orders shall be sent only to the pharmacy of the
patient’s choice with no unauthorized intervening person or other entity
controlling, screening, or otherwise manipulating the prescription drug order or
having access to it.
b. The electronically transmitted order shall identify the
dentist’s telephone number for verbal confirmation, the time and date of
transmission, and the pharmacy intended to receive the transmission as well as
any other information required by federal or state law or rules.
c. Orders shall be transmitted only by the dentist or the
dentist’s employee and shall include the dentist’s electronic
signature.
d. The electronic transmission shall be deemed the original
prescription drug order provided it meets the requirements of this
rule.
16.6(2) Facsimile transmission of a prescription. A
dentist may request that a pharmacist dispense noncontrolled and controlled
drugs, excluding Schedule II controlled substances, pursuant to a prescription
transmitted to the pharmacy by the dentist or the dentist’s employee. A
dentist shall maintain the original prescription, if printed, in the
patient’s record.
ARC 0258B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 26, “Advertising,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment eliminates the requirement that if a
communication is paid for by a dentist, this must be disclosed unless the
nature, format, or medium makes it apparent. The Board’s Committee for
Regulatory Review formed pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the
proposed amendment.
This amendment is not subject to waiver because it eliminates
a requirement imposed on licensees.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state. ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendment.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
This amendment was approved at the October 19, 2000, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 650—26.1(153), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
650—26.1(153) General. Communications by
inclusion or omission to the public must be accurate. They must not convey
false, untrue, deceptive, or misleading information through statements,
testimonials, photographs, graphics or other means. Communications must not
appeal to an individual’s anxiety in an excessive or unfair way; and they
must not create unjustified expectations of results. If communications refer to
benefits or other attributes of dental procedures or products that involve
significant risks, realistic assessments of the safety and efficacy of those
procedures or products must also be included, as well as the availability of
alternatives and, where necessary to avoid deception, descriptions or
assessments of the benefits or other attributes of those alternatives.
Communications must not misrepresent a dentist’s credentials, training,
experience or ability, and must not contain material claims of superiority that
cannot be substantiated. If a communication is paid for by a dentist,
this must be disclosed unless the nature, format or medium makes it
apparent.
ARC 0257B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 28, “Designation of Specialty,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments change the name of the specialty “oral
pathology” to “oral and maxillofacial pathology,” which is the
currently accepted name recognized by the American Dental Association (ADA).
The amendments also change the rules to reflect that programs are accredited
rather than certified and that the accreditation body is the Commission on
Dental Accreditation rather than the Council on Dental Education and Licensure
of the ADA. The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review formed pursuant
to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the proposed amendments.
These amendments are not subject to waiver because they make
only grammatical corrections to the rules.
Any interested person may make written commentsor suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@ bon.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 19, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 650—28.1(153) as
follows:
650—28.1(153) General review. A dentist may
represent that the dentist is a specialist in the specialties of dental public
health, endodontics, oral and maxillofacial pathology, oral and
maxillofacial surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, or
prosthodontics provided the requirements of that area of specialty have been
met. The board recognizes there are overlapping responsibilities among the
recognized areas of dental practice. However, as a matter of principle, a
specialist shall not routinely provide procedures that are beyond the scope of
the specialty as defined below.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraphs
28.2(2)“b,” 28.3(2)“b,”
28.5(2)“c,” 28.6(2)“b,”
28.7(2)“b,” 28.8(2)“b,” and
28.9(2)“b” by replacing the phrase “certified by the
Council on Dental Education” with the phrase “accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 650—28.4(153) as
follows:
650—28.4(153) Oral and maxillofacial
pathology.
28.4(1) Definition. Oral and maxillofacial
pathology is the specialty of dentistry and discipline of pathology that
deals with the nature, identification, and management of diseases affecting the
oral and maxillofacial regions. It is a science that investigates the causes,
processes, and effects of these diseases. The practice of oral and
maxillofacial pathology includes research and diagnosis of diseases using
clinical, radiographic, microscopic, biochemical, or other
examinations.
28.4(2) Requirements.
a. Be a diplomate of the American Board of Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology; or
b. Be a fellow in the American Board of Oral and
Maxillofacial Pathology; or
c. Have successfully completed a formal graduate or residency
training program in oral and maxillofacial pathology
certified accredited by the Council on Dental
Education Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American
Dental Association; or
d. Have limited practice to this area prior to January 1,
1965, and have been permitted to continue to do so pursuant to resolution of the
ADA House of Delegates.
ARC 0256B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 29, “Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and
Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change the renewal date of
deepsedation/general anesthesia and conscious sedation permits to coincide with
the license renewal date. The amendments also clarify that the Anesthesia
Credentials Committee may perform other duties as delegated by the Board or
Board chairperson. The Board’s Committee for Regulatory Review formed
pursuant to Executive Order Number 8 recommended the proposed amendments.
These amendments are not subject to waiver because they change
the renewal date of permits and clarify the responsi–bilities of a Board
committee.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written comments
should be directed to Jennifer Hart, Executive Officer, Board of Dental
Examiners, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
E–mail may also be sent to jhart@bon.state. ia.us.
Also, there will be a public hearing on December 5, 2000, from
2 to 3 p.m. in the Conference Room, 400 SW 8th Street, Suite D, Des Moines,
Iowa. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses
for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the amendments.
Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have special
requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact the Board
and advise of specific needs.
These amendments were approved at the October 19, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
153.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 29.5(5) as
follows:
29.5(5) Permits shall be renewed biennially at the
time of license renewal following submission of proper application and may
involve board reevaluation of credentials, facilities, equipment, personnel, and
procedures of a previously qualified dentist to determine if the dentist is
still qualified. The appropriate fee for renewal as specified in
650—Chapter 15 of these rules must accompany the application.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 29.10(2) by
adopting a new paragraph “d” as
follows:
d. Other duties as delegated by the board or board
chairperson.
ARC 0266B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 24, “Emergency Shelter Grants
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments establish minimum and maximum award
amounts, clarify eligible program applicants, revise application procedures to
include a two–year application cycle and clarify amendment
procedures.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Roselyn McKie Wazny, Division of
Community and Rural Development, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200
East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone
(515)242–4822.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on December 5, 2000, at 1:30 p.m. at the above address
in the second floor Northwest Conference Room. Individuals interested in
providing comments at the hearing should contact Roselyn McKie Wazny by 4 p.m.
on December 4, 2000, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(1)“a” and P.L. 100–628.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
261—24.2(PL100–628) by adopting the following definition in
alphabetical order:
“CHIP” means counting homeless Iowans
project.
ITEM 2. Amend rule
261—24.3(PL100–628) as follows:
261—24.3(PL100–628) Eligible applicants.
City governments, county governments, and private nonprofit organizations
are eligible applicants under the emergency shelter grants program. City or
county governments may applyon behalf of a service provider within their
jurisdictionswhen the nonprofit organization serves homeless and
near–homeless clients by providing overnight shelter, meals, clothing,
transportation, counseling, child care, legal services, medical services,
transitional housing services, and other services eligible under the emergency
shelter grants program as determined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
261—24.4(PL100–628), paragraph “1,” as
follows:
1. Rehabilitation, renovation, or conversion of buildings for
use as providers of services for the homeless. Rehabilitation activities
shall be allowed a maximum cost of $10,000 per project.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
261—24.6(PL100–628) as follows:
261—24.6(PL100–628) Application procedures.
The Iowa department of economic development will request applications from
eligible applicants as often as the state expects funding from the U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). Applicants will be given at
least 30 days in which to reply to the state’s request. The Iowa
department of economic development will make funding decisions in conjunction
with the time frame established by HUD. The application must be submitted on
forms prescribed by IDED and must, at a minimum, include the amount of funds
requested, the need for the funds, documentation of other available funding
sources, source of required local match, and estimated number of persons to be
served by the applicant (daily average). No individual applicant
organization may receive more than $50,000 in a single application round. A
minimum grant level of $10,000 is required.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
261—24.7(PL100–628) as follows:
261—24.7(PL100–628) Application review
process. The following procedures will be used in the review of
applications received under the emergency shelter grants program.
a. Applications will be reviewed by a panel of the
staff of the Iowa department of economic development and coordinated with
representatives of other homeless assistance programs. Applications will be
reviewed to determine eligibility based on the following criteria:
1. (1) The identified community need
for the funds, including the number of clients served, the unmet need in the
community, geographic area of service, and common factors leading to the need
for the service.
2. (2) The comprehensiveness and
flexibility of the program, including how the applicant strives to meet the
total and special needs of its clients and how homeless assistance is integrated
with other programs.
3. (3) The accessibility of the
applicant’s services to its clients, including how well the applicant
promotes its services within the community, any barriers to service, and any
network networking with other service providers in the
area.
4. (4) How well the applicant deals
with cultural diversity within its community.
5. (5) Any partnerships or
collaborations between the applicant and other programs within the organization
or with other organizations performing similar or complementary
services.
6. (6) The unique role of the
applicant within the area of service, including any innovative parts of the
organization’s project that would make it stand out.
7. (7) A description of specific
outcome measures for short– or long–term objectives for
clients.
8. (8) The experience of the applicant
in administering an ESGP contract.
9. (9) How well the applicant
maximizes or leverages resources.
b. If an application contains an activity determined to
be ineligible under the ESG program within the request for funds, the ineligible
activity will be deleted from the application or referred to another funding
source, if applicable.
c. Staff reserves the right to negotiate directly with
the applicant to determine the priority of funding requested within the
application.
d. Staff may also review applications with the
department of human rights, department of human services, or other groups with
expertise in the area of serving homeless persons before making final funding
recommendations. Consultation with other agencies is intended to avoid
duplication and promote maximum utilization of funding sources. Based on the
review process, IDED may revise the overall funding request by activity or
funding level and recommend a final funding figure to the director of IDED for
approval.
e. A city or county government may be determined, at
the discretion of IDED, to administer a contract for multiple applicants within
a prescribed geographic area.
f. IDED reserves the right to negotiate all aspects of
a funding request prior to final approval.
g. Applicants that receive awards will be eligible for
funding for a two–year period. The amount of funding for the first year
will be dependent upon eligible activities identified in the application. The
amount available for funding in the second year will be dependent upon the needs
identified in the annual report and other data submitted to IDED and the receipt
of funds for the emergency shelter grants program from the U.S. Department of
Housing and Urban Development.
ITEM 6. Amend rule
261—24.10(PL100–628) by adopting the following new
subrule:
24.10(6) CHIP. Recipients shall participate in CHIP
by reporting data to IDED as required in the executed contract. Recipients
receiving funds only for prevention activities shall participate in a modified
method of reporting under CHIP.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 24.12(4) as
follows:
24.12(4) Amendments to contracts. Contracts will
be amended on an individual basis in emergency situations. Any request to amend
a contract must be submitted in writing by the chief elected official to IDED.
IDED will determine if the request to amend is justified based on the material
presented in the letter of request. IDED allows the transfer of funds between
line items in the budget up to 20 percent of the total grant amount without a
formal request for amendment. Any substantive change to a funded
emergency shelter operation grants program will be considered a contract
amendment. Substantive changes include: contract time extensions, budget
revisions, and significant alterations of the existing activities that will
change the scope, location, objectives, or scale of the approved activities of
beneficiaries. An amendment must be requested in writing by the chief elected
or appointed official of the grantee. No amendment will be valid until
approved in writing by IDED.
ARC 0265B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of
Intended Action to amend Chapter 29, “Homeless Shelter Operation Grants
Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments establish minimum and maximum award
amounts, establish a set–aside for innovative projects, revise application
procedures to include a two–year application cycle and clarify amendment
procedures.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be
accepted until 4:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000. Interested persons may submit
written or oral comments by contacting Roselyn McKie Wazny, Division of
Community and Rural Development, Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200
East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone
(515)242–4822.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments will be held on December 5, 2000, at 2 p.m. at the above address in
the second floor Northwest Conference Room. Individuals interested in providing
comments at the hearing should contact Roselyn McKie Wazny by 4 p.m. on December
4, 2000, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
15.108(11).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend the parenthetical
implementationin rules 261—29.1(77GA,ch1225) through 261—
29.11(77GA,ch1225) as follows:
77GA,ch1225 78GA,ch1230
ITEM 2. Amend rule
261—29.2(78GA,ch1230) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“CHIP” means counting homeless Iowans
project.
ITEM 3. Amend rule
261—29.4(78GA,ch1230), numbered paragraph
“1,” as follows:
1. Rehabilitation, renovation, or conversion of buildings for
use as providers of services for the homeless. Rehabilitation activities
shall be allowed a maximum cost of $10,000 per project.
ITEM 4. Amend rule
261—29.6(78GA,ch1230) as follows:
261—29.6(78GA,ch1230) Application
procedures.
29.6(1) The Iowa department of economic
development will request applications from eligible applicants as often as the
state expects funding from the HSOG program. Applicants will be given at least
30 days in which to reply to the state’s request for applications.
The Iowa department of economic development will make funding decisions
in the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development’s Emergency
Shelter Grants Program (ESGP) which is a federal program utilizing the same
application procedure as the HSOG program. The application must be
submitted on forms prescribed by IDED and must, at a minimum, include the amount
of funds requested, the need for funds, documentation on
of other available funding sources, source of required local
match, and estimated number of persons to be served by the applicant (daily
average).
29.6(2) No individual program may receive
more than $50,000 in a single application round.
29.6(3) Applicants shall apply for a minimum
of $10,000 per funding round.
ITEM 5. Amend rule
261—29.7(78GA,ch1230) as follows:
261—29.7(78GA,ch1230) Application review process.
The following procedures will be used in the review of applications
received under the homeless shelter operation grants program.
29.7(1) Applications will be reviewed by a
panel of the staff of established by the Iowa department
of economic development and coordinated with representatives of other homeless
assistance programs. Applications will be reviewed to determine eligibility
based on the following criteria:
1 a. The identified community need for
the funds, including the number of clients served, the unmet need in the
community, geographic area of service, and common factors leading to the need
for service.
2 b. The comprehensiveness and
flexibility of the program, including how the applicant strives to meet the
total and special needs of its clients, and how homeless assistance is
integrated with other programs.
3 c. The accessibility of the
program to the community applicant’s services to its
clients, including how well the applicant promotes its services within the
community, any barriers to service, and any network
networking with other service providers in the area.
4 d. How well the applicant deals
with cultural diversity within its community.
5 e. Partnerships
Any partnerships or collaborations between the applicant and other
programs within the organization or with other organizations performing similar
or complementary services.
6 f. Description of
the The unique role of the applicant within the area of service,
including any innovative parts of the organization’s project that would
make it stand out.
7 g. A description of specific outcome
measures for short– or long–term objectives for clients.
8 h. The experience of the applicant
in administering an HSOG program contract.
9 i. How well the applicant maximizes
or leverages resources.
29.7(2) If an application contains an activity
determined to be ineligible under the HSOG program within the request for funds,
the ineligible activity will be deleted from the application or referred to
another funding source, if applicable.
29.7(3) Staff reserves the right to negotiate
directly with the applicant to determine the priority of funding requested
within the application.
29.7(4) Staff may also review applications with
the department of human rights, department of human services, or other groups
with expertise in the area of serving homeless persons before making final
funding recommendations. Consultation with other agencies is intended to avoid
duplication and promote maximum utilization of funding sources. Based on the
review process, IDED may revise the overall funding request by activity or
funding level and recommend a final funding figure to the director of IDED for
approval.
29.7(5) A city or county government may be
determined, at the discretion of IDED, to administer a contract for multiple
applicants within a prescribed geographic area.
29.7(6) IDED reserves the right to negotiate
all aspects of a funding request prior to final approval.
29.7(7) Applicants that receive awards will
be eligible for funding for a two–year period. The amount of funding for
the first year will be dependent upon the needs identified in the application
that are eligible activities. The amount eligible for funding in the second
year will be dependent upon the needs identified in the annual report and other
data submitted to IDED and the receipt of funds for the homeless shelter
operation grants program as funded by the state of Iowa.
ITEM 6. Amend rule
261—29.10(78GA,ch1230) by adopting the following new
numbered paragraph “5”:
5. CHIP. Recipients shall participate in CHIP by
reporting data to IDED as required in the executed contract. Recipients
receiving funds only for prevention activities shall participate in a modified
method of reporting under CHIP.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 29.11(4) as
follows:
29.11(4) Amendments to contracts. Contracts will
be amended on an individual basis in emergency situations. Any request to amend
a contract must be submitted in writing to IDED by the chief elected official.
IDED will determine if the request to amend is justified based on the material
presented in the letter of request. IDED allows the transfer of funds between
line items in the budget up to 20 percent of the total grant amount without a
formal request for amendment. Any substantive change to a funded
homeless shelter operation grants program will be considered a contract
amendment. Substantive changes include contract time extensions, budget
revisions, and significant alterations of existing activities that will change
the scope, location, objectives, or scale of the activities or beneficiaries.
An amendment must be requested in writing by the chief elected or appointed
official of the grantee. No amendment will be valid until approved in
writing by IDED.
ITEM 8. Amend 261—Chapter 29 by
adopting the following new rule:
261—29.12(78GA,ch1230) Innovation
fund.
29.12(1) Purpose. The innovation fund is created to
advance projects that serve the needs of homeless individuals and families in a
new and innovative manner. The primary goal of the innovation fund is to
strengthen the network of service providers by supplying funds to serve as a
catalyst for addressing emerging issues and improving homeless assistance
programming across the state. Projects funded under this rule should provide an
additional service to the community that cannot otherwise be undertaken. The
fund may also address new programs where no other provider exists within the
community and a demonstrated need for services exists.
29.12(2) Project guidelines. The following guidelines
apply to all project proposals:
a. Eligibility. Applicants shall meet the criteria
established in 29.3(78GA,ch1230). In addition, projects shall be planned in
direct response to an identified community priority that is recommended by a
formal planning body with responsibilities for housing and homeless issues.
These planning bodies include local homeless coordinating board; council of
government or regional planning commission; empowerment board approved by the
state of Iowa; local government written comprehensive plan; or housing needs
assessment.
b. Funding. Up to $250,000 shall be reserved from state
allocations in FY2001 to establish the innovation fund. An individual applicant
may receive up to $75,000 that may be distributed in a period no longer than 24
months.
c. Eligible activities. Activities assisted under this rule
include those listed in 29.4(78GA,ch1230). In addition,programs proposed must
set forth an approach to service provision not commonly implemented in the
state.
d. A preapplication must be submitted to IDED prior to
submitting a full application. Preapplication forms are available at any time
by contacting IDED at (515)242–4825 or accessing the IDED Web site. IDED
staff will review the proposal to determine if the proposal meets minimum
eligibility requirements. If the proposal meets threshold eligibility
requirements, IDED staff will request that a full application be
submitted.
e. Invited full applications shall be submitted quarterly by
the fifteenth of the month (January, March, June, and September) as long as
funding remains available. The first date for submitting a full application
under the innovation fund is January 15, 2001.
f. Applications shall be submitted on forms prescribed by
IDED. Application materials may be requested at any time by contacting IDED at
(515)242–4825 or accessing the IDED Web site.
29.12(3) Review criteria. All applications will be
reviewed using the following criteria. A detailed explanation of each review
criterion is included in the application materials.
a. Context (up to 14 points): community priorities; continuum
of services.
b. Inputs (up to 10 points): program quality; leveraged
resources and sustainability.
c. Process (up to 9 points): project accessibility; diversity;
collaboration and partnerships.
d. Outcomes (up to 10 points): definition of projected
outcomes; success in meeting outcomes; use of outcomes by agency in
evaluation.
ITEM 9. Amend 261—Chapter
29, implementation sentence, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1225, section (3)“f.” 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1230, section 1(3)“e.”
ARC 0291B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt
Chapter 6, “Waivers or Variances from Administrative Rules,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This proposed chapter allows for waivers or variances in
compliance with 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1176.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed rules at1 p.m.
on December 5, 2000, in Room 3 South, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th
and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
Persons may present their views at the public hearing orally
or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed rules. Persons who wish to make oral presentation at the public hearing
may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State
Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147,
or at (515) 281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing. Fax
communication may be sent to (515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed rules before 4:30 p.m. December 5, 2000. Written comments and
suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive Director, Board
of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
This amendment is intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1176, and Iowa Code chapter 17A.
The following new chapter is proposed.
CHAPTER 6
WAIVERS OR VARIANCES
FROM ADMINISTRATIVE
RULES
282—6.1(17A) Definition. For purposes of this
chapter, a “waiver or variance” means action by the board which
suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied
to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
person. For simplicity, the term “waiver” shall include both a
“waiver” and a “variance.”
282—6.2(17A) Scope of chapter. This chapter
outlines generally applicable standards and a uniform process for the granting
of individual waivers from rules adopted by the board in situations where no
other more specifically applicable law provides for waivers. To the extent
another more specific provision of law governs the issuance of a waiver from a
particular rule, the more specific provision shall supersede this chapter with
respect to any waiver from that rule.
282—6.3(17A) Applicability of chapter. The
board may only grant a waiver from a rule if the board has jurisdiction over the
rule and the requested waiver is consistent with applicable statutes,
constitutional provisions, or other provisions of law. The board may not waive
requirements created or duties imposed by statute.
282—6.4(17A) Criteria for waiver or variance.
In response to a petition completed pursuant to rule 6.6(17A), the board may in
its sole discretion issue an order waiving in whole or in part the requirements
of a rule if the board finds, based on clear and convincing evidence, all of the
following:
1. The application of the rule would impose an undue hardship
on the person for whom the waiver is requested;
2. The waiver from the requirements of the rule in the
specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights of any
person;
3. The provisions of the rule subject to the petition for a
waiver are not specifically mandated by statute or another provision of law;
and
4. Substantially equal protection of public health, safety,
and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the
particular rule for which the waiver is requested.
282—6.5(17A) Filing of petition. A petition for
a waiver must be submitted in writing to the board, as follows:
6.5(1) License or authorization application. If the
petition relates to a license or authorization application, the petition shall
be made in accordance with the filing requirements for the license or
authorization in question.
6.5(2) Contested cases. If the petition relates to a
pending contested case, the petition shall be filed in the contested case
proceeding, using the caption of the contested case.
6.5(3) Other. If the petition does not relate to a
license application or a pending contested case, the petition may be submitted
to the board’s executive director.
282—6.6(17A) Content of petition. A petition
for waiver shall include the following information where applicable and known to
the requester:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person or
entity for whom a waiver is being requested, and the case number of any related
contested case.
2. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver is requested.
3. The specific waiver requested, including the precise scope
and duration.
4. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver under each of the four criteria described in rule 6.4(17A).
This statement shall include a signed statement from the petitioner attesting to
the accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons
that the petitioner believes will justify a waiver.
5. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, or authorization
affected by the proposed waiver, including a description of each affected
license or authorization held by the requester, any notices of violation,
contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated
activity or license within the last five years.
6. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
7. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity who would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
9. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver.
10. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver.
282—6.7(17A) Additional information. Prior to
issuing an order granting or denying a waiver, the board may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the board
may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a
telephonic or in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
board’s executive director, a committee of the board, or a quorum of the
board.
282—6.8(17A) Notice. The board shall
acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The board shall ensure that notice of the
pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the board may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the board may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to the board
attesting that notice has been provided.
282—6.9(17A) Hearing procedures. The provisions
of Iowa Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall
apply to any petition for a waiver filed within a contested case, and shall
otherwise apply to agency proceedings for a waiver only when the board so
provides by rule or order or is required to do so by statute.
282—6.10(17A) Ruling. An order granting or
denying a waiver shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and duration of the waiver if one is
issued.
6.10(1) Board discretion. The final decision on
whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver shall be made at the
sole discretion of the board, upon consideration of all relevant factors. Each
petition for a waiver shall be evaluated by the board based on the unique,
individual circumstances set out in the petition.
6.10(2) Burden of persuasion. The burden of
persuasion rests with the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing
evidence that the board should exercise its discretion to grant a waiver from a
board rule.
6.10(3) Narrowly tailored. A waiver, if granted,
shall provide the narrowest exception possible to the provisions of a
rule.
6.10(4) Administrative deadlines. When the rule from
which a waiver is sought establishes administrative deadlines, the board shall
balance the special individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall
goal of uniform treatment of all similarly situated persons.
6.10(5) Conditions. The board may place any condition
on a waiver that the board finds desirable to protect the public health, safety,
and welfare.
6.10(6) Time period of waiver. A waiver shall not be
permanent unless the petitioner can show that a temporary waiver would be
impracticable. If a temporary waiver is granted, there is no automatic right to
renewal. At the sole discretion of the board, a waiver may be renewed if the
board finds that grounds for a waiver continue to exist.
6.10(7) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver as soon as practicable but, in any event, shall do
so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees to a later date.
However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board shall grant or
deny the petition no later than the time at which the final decision in that
contested case is issued.
6.10(8) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board. However, the board shall remain
responsible for issuing an order denying a waiver.
6.10(9) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
282—6.11(17A) Public availability. All orders
granting or denying a waiver petition shall be indexed, filed, and available for
public inspection as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.3. Petitions for a
waiver and orders granting or denying a waiver petition are public records under
Iowa Code chapter 22. Some petitions or orders may contain information the
board is authorized or required to keep confidential. The board may accordingly
redact confidential information from petitions or orders prior to public
inspection.
282—6.12(17A) Summary reports. Semiannually,
the board shall prepare a summary report identifying the rules for which a
waiver has been granted or denied, the number of times a waiver was granted or
denied for each rule, a citation to the statutory provisions implemented by the
rules, and a general summary of the reasons justifying the board’s actions
on waiver requests. If practicable, the report shall detail the extent to which
the granting of a waiver has affected the general applicability of the rule
itself. Copies of this report shall be available for public inspection and
shall be provided semiannually to the administrative rules coordinator and the
administrative rules review committee.
282—6.13(17A) Cancellation of a waiver. A
waiver issued by the board pursuant to this chapter may be withdrawn, canceled,
or modified if, after appropriate notice and hearing, the board issues an order
finding any of the following:
1. The petitioner or the person who was the subject of the
waiver order withheld or misrepresented material facts relevant to the propriety
or desirability of the waiver; or
2. The alternative means for ensuring that the public health,
safety and welfare will be adequately protected after issuance of the waiver
order have been demonstrated to be insufficient; or
3. The subject of the waiver order has failed to comply with
all conditions contained in the order.
282—6.14(17A) Violations. Violation of a
condition in a waiver order shall be treated as a violation of the particular
rule for which the waiver was granted. As a result, the recipient of a waiver
under this chapter who violates a condition of the waiver may be subject to the
same remedies or penalties as a person who violates the rule at issue.
282—6.15(17A) Defense. After the board issues
an order granting a waiver, the order is a defense within its terms and the
specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom the order pertains in
any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to be invoked.
282—6.16(17A) Judicial review. Judicial review
of the board’s decision to grant or deny a waiver petition may be taken in
accordance with Iowa Code chapter 17A.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1176, and Iowa Code chapter 17A.
ARC 0289B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment clarifies the methods and student
teaching requirements for the addition of a secondary endorsement. This
amendment also provides an option for presenting verification of competence in
lieu of a traditional practicum. Finally, the amendment clarifies the appeal
proc–ess in the current rules.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment at 2
p.m. on December 5, 2000, in Room 3 South, Grimes State Office Building,
East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views
at the public hearing orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be
asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their
remarks to the subject of the proposed amendment. Persons who wish to make oral
presentations at the public hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of
Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue,
Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849, prior to the date
of the public hearing. Fax communication may be sent to
(515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000. Written
comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 282—14.6(272) as follows:
282—14.6(272) Adding endorsements to licenses.
After the issuance of a teaching or administrative license, an individual may
add other endorsements to that license upon proper application provided current
requirements for that endorsement, as listed in 282—14.20(272) and
14.21(272), have been met. An updated license with expiration date
unchanged from the original or renewed license will be prepared.
In addition to the requirements listed in
282—14.20(272) and 14.21(272), applicants for endorsements shall have
completed a methods class appropriate for teaching the general subject area of
the endorsement added.
Practitioners who are adding a secondary teaching
endorsement and have not student taught at the secondary level shall complete a
teaching practicum appropriate for teaching at the level of the new
endorsement.
Practitioners holding the K–6 endorsement in the
content area of the 7–12 endorsement being added may satisfy the
requirement for a teaching practicum by completing all required coursework and
presenting verification of competence. This verification of competence shall be
signed by a licensed evaluator who has observed and formally evaluated the
performance of the applicant at the secondary level.
To add an endorsement, the applicant must follow one of these
options:
Option 1. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher preparing
institution and meet that institution’s current requirements for the
endorsement desired and receive that institution’s
recommendation.
Option 2. Identify with a recognized Iowa teacher education
institution and receive a statement that the applicant has completed the
equivalent of the institution’s approved program for the endorsement
sought.
Option 3. Identify with a recognized teacher education
institution and receive a statement that based on the institution’s
evaluation of the individual’s preparation the applicant has completed all
of the Iowa requirements for the endorsement sought.
Appeal: Option 4. If an applicant
cannot obtain an equivalent statement a recommendation for
an endorsement from an institution, and if the applicant
believes can document that all the Iowa
requirements have been met, the applicant may file the apply
for the endorsement by filing transcripts and supporting
documentation for review. The application must be accompanied by a
letter of rejection from the an institution
must be in writing that offers the endorsement.
In this situation, Upon receipt of all materials, the
staff in of the board of educational examiners will
review the preparation in terms of the documents to
determine if all Iowa requirements have been met.
ARC 0290B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 14, “Issuance of Practitioner’s Licenses and
Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendment modifies the teaching experience
requirement for the administrative license from five years to three
years.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendment at
2:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000, in Conference Room 3 South, Third Floor,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
Persons may present their views at the public hearing orally or in writing.
Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing may contact
the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0147, or at
(515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public hearing.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendment through 4:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000. Written
comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address. Fax
communications may be sent to (515)281–7669.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 282—14.14(272) as follows:
282—14.14(272) Requirements for a professional
administrator’s license.
1. Holder of or eligible for an educational license.
2. Five Three years of teaching
experience.
3. Completion of an area of endorsement as listed in
282—14.23(272).
4. Meet the requirements for the evaluator approval.
The professional administrator’s license is valid for
five years and may be renewed by meeting requirements listed in
282—17.7(272).
ARC 0287B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 21, “Behind–the–Wheel Driving Instructor
Authorization,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments remove the requirement for a current
Iowa teacher or administrator license authorizing service at the elementary or
secondary level and substitute in lieu thereof new qualifications.
There will be a public hearing on the proposed amendments at
1:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000, in Conference Room 3 South, Grimes State Office
Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa.
Persons may present their views at the public hearing orally
or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
proposed amendments. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public
hearing may contact the Executive Director, Board of Educational Examiners,
Grimes State Office Building, East 14th and Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50319–0147, or at (515)281–5849, prior to the date of the public
hearing. Fax communication may be sent to (515)281–7669.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on the proposed amendments through 4:30 p.m. on December 5, 2000. Written
comments and suggestions should be addressed to Dr. Anne E. Kruse, Executive
Director, Board of Educational Examiners, at the above address.
These amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and are
published herein as ARC 0288B. The content of that submission is
incorporated by reference.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272 and Iowa Code Supplement section 321.178.
ARC 0278B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.200, the
Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
consider amendments to Chapter 65, “Animal Feeding Operations,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
This Notice of Intended Action is in response to a Petition
for Rule Making requesting that the Commission adopt rules that require the
submission of a manure management plan (MMP) prior to the initiation of
construction for any confinement feeding operation that is statutorily required
to have an MMP. The Petition further requested that the Department of Natural
Resources review the information for each facility to determine if the legal
requirements concerning “adjacency” and animal weight capacity are
met. On June 19, 2000, the Environmental Protection Commission considered the
Petition as required by law.
Currently, Chapter 65 requires that certain
“large” confinement feeding operations obtain a permit prior to
construction of facilities. In order to obtain a permit, these operations have
to submit an MMP and have it approved by the Department. Confinement feeding
operations categorirized as “medium” operations are not required to
obtain a permit, but are required to submit an MMP. Submittal is not required
until well after construction has already occurred. The practical impact of the
requested rule changes would be to require this category of confinement feeding
operations to give prior public notice of proposed construction, allow the
public to comment, and require some preconstruction review and approval by the
Department.
Department staff indicated to the Commission that it is
generally supportive of the concepts of early registration of such facilities
and of review for potential compliance problems. However, these proposals would
add substantial workload which the Department could not meaningfully perform
with existing resources. The staff therefore recommended that the Petition be
denied, but that the issues be referred to the Animal Agriculture Consulting
Organization (AACO) for review and public input.
The Commission voted to deny the Petition as stated, but to
commence a rule–making process to address these issues after the matter
was considered by the AACO for input and development of specific, proposed rule
language. The issues were presented and discussed at an AACO meeting in August,
and no specific rule language resulted. The Commission has therefore decided to
proceed with a general, “subject matter” Notice of Intended Action
to seek public input and suggestions for specific rule language relating to the
Department’s requiring:
(1) Any confinement feeding operation that is required to
submit a manure management plan to notify both the Department and the County
Board of Supervisors prior to construction.
(2) Review and approval of all manure management plans prior
to construction.
(3) That the manure management plan application contain
information about ownership and management of the facility and any nearby
facilities.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on the proposed amendments on or before January 5, 2001. Written comments
should be directed to Amy Rossow, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State
Office Building, 502 East 9th Street, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax
(515)281–8895. Comments may also beE–mailed to
Amy.Rossow@dnr.state.ia.us.
Also, there will be public hearings on the following dates at
which time persons may present their views either orally or in
writing:
December 12, 2000, at 7 p.m. in the lower conference room of
the Sioux Center Public Library, 327 1st Avenue N.E., Sioux Center
December 13, 2000, at 7 p.m. in the large room of the First
National Bank Building, 211 1st Avenue N.W., Hampton
December 18, 2000, at 6:30 p.m. in Room 101 of Iowa Western
Community College, 906 Sunnyside Lane, Atlantic
December 19, 2000, at 1 p.m. in the second floor conference
room of the Wallace State Office Building, 502 East 9th Street, Des
Moines
December 20, 2000, at 1:30 p.m. in the Marland Room (second
floor of Iowa Hall) of Kirkwood Community College, 6301 Kirkwood Boulevard S.W.,
Cedar Rapids
At the hearings, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
rules.
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.161 to 455B.165 and 455B.200 to 455B.206.
ARC 0279B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to Iowa Code sections 455B.304, 455B.306 and 455D.7,
the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action
to rescind Chapter 101, “General Requirements Relating to Solid Waste
Management and Disposal,” and Chapter 109, “Fees for Disposal of
Solid Waste at Sanitary Landfills,” and adopt new Chapter 101,
“Solid Waste Comprehensive Planning Requirements,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
These proposed amendments revise the rules pertaining to solid
waste comprehensive planning. The rules have been updated and streamlined to
the benefit of the public. The content of Chapter 109 has been incorporated
into new Chapter 101. The guidance document, “Guidelines for Solid Waste
Comprehensive Planning: Integrated Solid Waste Management Systems,” which
provides additional assistance to those filing comprehensive plans and is
adopted by reference herein, has also been updated. This document was developed
in 1990 and revised in 1994. Changes have been made to the guidance document to
update and clarifyplanning requirements and to streamline the plan submittal
process. Draft copies of the proposed rules and theguidance document are
available either online from the Waste Management Assistance Division Web site
at http://www.state.ia.us/dnr/organiza/wmad or in hard copy by contacting
Jane Mild at (515)281–5105 or Laura Juliano at (515)281–8946, Waste
Management Assistance Division, Department of Natural Resources.
Any interested party may make written suggestions or comments
about the proposed rules or guidance document prior to December 8, 2000. Such
written comments should be directed to Jane Mild or Laura Juliano, Waste
Management Assistance Division, Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0034; fax (515)281–8895.
Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact Jane Mild or
LauraJuliano, Waste Management Assistance Division, by telephone or at the
Division offices on the fifth floor of the Wallace State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa.
A public hearing will be held on Friday, December 8, 2000,
from 1:30 p.m. to 4:30 p.m. over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) and will
originate from the Iowa Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand
Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time persons may pre–sent their views
either orally or in writing. Sites to participate in the public hearing via ICN
are:
Northern Trails Area Education Agency 2
9184B 265th Street
Clear Lake, Iowa
Carnegie–Stout Public Library
360 West 11th Street
Dubuque, Iowa
Spencer High School
800 East 3rd Street
Spencer, Iowa
Fort Dodge High School
819 N 25th Street
Fort Dodge, Iowa
Iowa City Public Library
123 South Linn Street
Iowa City, Iowa
Indian Hills Community College
651 Indian Hills Drive
Ottumwa, Iowa
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
rules.
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have
special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the
Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.304 and 455B.306 and Iowa Code chapter 455D.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Rescind 567—Chapter 101 and
adopt in lieu thereof the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 101
SOLID WASTE COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING
REQUIREMENTS
567—101.1(455B,455D) Purpose, applicability and
authority.
101.1(1) Purpose. The purpose of these rules is to
provide general definitions and direction for comprehensive integrated solid
waste management planning for every city and county of this state and to provide
an orderly and efficient process for the assessment and collection of fees for
the disposal of solid waste at a sanitary landfill.
101.1(2) Applicability. This chapter is intended to
implement Iowa Code section 455B.306, subsection 1 through subsection 5, and
subsection 6, paragraph “c,” and Iowa Code section 455D.3. All
other parts and subsections of Iowa Code section 455B.306 shall be addressed in
permitting rules.
101.1(3) Authority. The commission has the authority
to adopt rules regarding comprehensive planning pursuant to Iowa Code sections
455B.304 and 455D.7.
567—101.2(455B,455D) Variances. The director
may issue, modify, or deny variances from the rules in this chapter. The
applicant may appeal the decision of the director to the commission.
567—101.3(455B,455D) Definitions. For the
purpose of this chapter, the following definitions shall apply:
“Comprehensive plan” means a course of action
developed and established cooperatively between cities, counties and sanitary
disposal projects regarding their chosen integrated solid waste management
system, its participants, waste reduction strategies, and disposal
methods.
“Comprehensive plan submittal—amendments”
means a notification, filed between plan updates, that the planning area
seeks to change the participation or change the designated disposal projects as
set out in the most recent approved plan submittal.
“Comprehensive plan submittal—initial” means
a first or new comprehensive plan filed with the department of natural resources
pursuant to the provisions of Iowa Code section 455B.306.
“Comprehensive plan submittal—updates” means
a planning document that provides status reports on the integrated solid waste
management system and describes revision to the information and evaluation of
the integrated solid waste management system and the proposed course of action
for the next six years.
“Infectious waste” means waste which is
infectious, including but not limited to contaminated sharps, cultures and
stocks of infectious agents, blood and blood products, pathological waste, and
contaminated animal carcasses from hospital or research laboratories.
“Integrated solid waste management” means
any solid waste management system which is focused on planned development of
programs and facilities that reduce waste volume and toxicity, recycle
marketable materials and provide for safe disposal of any residuals.
“Monogenerator facilities” means any
permitted facility that accepts waste(s) from a sole generator that is also the
owner/operator of the facility.
“Monowaste facilities” means any permitted
facility with special permit provisions which limit the site to a single solid
waste including, but not limited to, coal combustion residue or foundry
sand.
“Plan participants” means any individual, group,
government or private entity that has direct involvement in an integrated solid
waste management system.
“Private agency” means an individual or any form
of business organization authorized under the laws of this or any other
state.
“Public agency” means any political
subdivision of this state, including Iowa Code chapter 28E agencies.
“Sanitary disposal project” means all facilities
and appurtenances including all real and personal property connected with such
facilities, which are acquired, purchased, constructed, reconstructed, equipped,
improved, extended, maintained, or operated to facilitate the final disposition
of solid waste without creating a significant hazard to the public health or
safety, and which are approved by the executive director.
“Solid waste” means garbage, refuse, rubbish, and
other similar discarded solid or semisolid materials including, but not limited
to, such materials resulting from industrial, commercial, agricultural, and
domestic activities. Solid waste may include vehicles as defined by Iowa Code
section 321.1, subsection 90. However, division IV of Iowa Code chapter 455B
does not prohibit the use of dirt, stone, brick, or similar inorganic material
for fill, landscaping, excavation or grading at places other than a sanitary
disposal project. Solid waste does not include hazardous waste as defined in
Iowa Code section 455B.411 or source, special nuclear, or by–product
material as defined in the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended to January 1,
1979, or petroleum contaminated soil which has been remediated to acceptable
state or federal standards.
567—101.4(455B,455D) Waste management hierarchy.
The state’s waste management hierarchy is listed in descending order of
preference:
1. Volume reduction at the source;
2. Recycling and reuse, including composting;
3. Other approved techniques of solid waste management
including, but not limited to, combustion with energy recovery, combustion for
waste disposal, and disposal in sanitary landfills.
567—101.5(455B,455D) Duties of cities and
counties. Every city and county of this state shall, for the solid waste
generated within the jurisdiction of its political subdivision, provide for the
establishment and operation of an integrated solid waste management system
consistent with the waste management hierarchy under rule 101.4(455B,455D) and
designed to meet the state’s waste reduction and recycling goals.
Integrated systems and sanitary disposal projects may be established separately
or through cooperative efforts, including Iowa Code chapter 28E agreements as
provided by law.
To meet these responsibilities, cities and counties may
execute, with public and private agencies, contracts, leases, or other necessary
instruments, purchase land and do all things necessary not prohibited by law for
the implementation of waste management programs, collection of solid waste,
establishment and operation of sanitary disposal projects, and general
administration of the same.
If the integrated solid waste management system of a city,
county, or Iowa Code chapter 28E agency cannot accept or refuses to accept any
particular type of solid waste, it must arrange for an alternative management
method within its planning area.
All cities and counties or Iowa Code chapter 28E agencies
representing cities and counties shall demonstrate compliance with the
provisions of this chapter by their participation in a comprehensive solid waste
management plan ap–proved by the department of natural
resources.
567—101.6(455B,455D) Contracts with permitted
agencies.
101.6(1) Every city, county, and other public agency
which complies with the requirements of Iowa Code chapter 455B for the disposal
of solid waste by means of a contract with an agency holding a sanitary disposal
project permit or by means of a contract with a hauler who has a contract with
an agency holding a sanitary disposal project permit shall submit to the
department a copy of that executed contract. All such agencies shall have on
file at the department at all times a valid contract. Any renewal of the
contract or any new or amended contract shall be submitted.
101.6(2) All public agencies which contract with a
hauler to comply with the requirements of part 1 of division IV of Iowa Code
chapter 455B shall include, as terms of that contract, a requirement that all
solid waste collected by the hauler for that agency shall be disposed of or
deposited at a sanitary disposal project designated within said agency’s
comprehensive plan in accordance with the rules of the department.
567—101.7(455B,455D) State volume reduction and
recycling goals. The goal of the state is to reduce the amount of materials
in the waste stream existing as of July 1, 1988, 25 percent by July 1, 1994, and
50 percent by July 1, 2000, through the practice of waste volume reduction at
the source and through recycling. The updated waste abatement calculations
submitted by each comprehensive planning area shall be used by the department in
reporting to the general assembly on the state’s progress toward meeting
the 25 and 50 percent goals. If at any time the department determines that a
planning area has failed to meet the 25 percent waste volume reduction and
recycling goal, the planning area shall, at a minimum, implement the solid waste
management techniques listed in Iowa Code section 455D.3(4) and subrule
101.8(5).
567—101.8(455B,455D) Types of comprehensive plan
submittals to be filed. Public or private entities operating or planning to
operate a sanitary disposal project in Iowa shall, in conjunction with all local
governments using the sanitary disposal project, meet all comprehensive plan
submittal requirements described in this rule. There are three types of
comprehensive plan submittals: initial, updates, and amendments. The purpose of
these plans is the development of a specific plan and schedule for implementing
technically and economically feasible solid waste management methods that will
prevent or minimize any adverse environmental impact and meet the state’s
volume reduction and recycling goals pursuant to rule
101.7(455B,455D).
Cities and counties planning to use a sanitary disposal
project in Iowa must participate in a comprehensive plan with all other cities
and counties using that sanitary disposal project. Cities and counties planning
to use an out–of–state disposal facility or facilities must file a
comprehensive plan that identifies the out–of–state facility or
facilities used. Cities or counties not using a sanitary disposal project
located in Iowa are still required to meet all comprehensive plan submittal
requirements. The department shall act to coordinate and expedite planning
activities for multicounty areas where feasible. The general requirements and
schedule for updating comprehensive plans shall be submitted according to
subrule 101.8(2).
A guidance document describing in more detail the content of a
comprehensive plan is available from the records center of the department of
natural resources at (515) 281–8860. The guidance document is adopted by
reference. The document title is “Guidelines for Solid Waste
Comprehensive Plans: Integrated Solid Waste Management Systems”
(September 1990) as revised October 15, 2000. “Guidelines for Solid Waste
Comprehensive Plans: Integrated Solid Waste Management Systems” provides
the comprehensive planning requirements that apply to composting, recycling,
processing, and medical waste incineration facilities. Because these operations
are specialized, some requirements contained in these rules may not apply to
these operations.
101.8(1) Content of an initial comprehensive plan. In
fulfillment of the requirements of Iowa Code section 455B.301A and Iowa Code
chapter 455D, an initial comprehensive plan shall include the following
information:
a. A description of the planning area and the public and
private agencies involved in the integrated solid waste management system,
including a description of each agency’s role in managing solid waste
generated in the area. An amendment to the plan is required prior to receiving
or otherwise managing waste from ouside the delineated planning area.
b. A letter or letters from all local governments and
private sanitary disposal projects participating in the plan. The letter shall
include a statement that the plan participants have reviewed the plan and will
adopt the implementation plan and schedule contained in the plan. The letter
shall briefly summarize the implementation plan and schedule. If a local
government included in the planning area refuses to provide a letter, then that
local government must prepare its own plan and is no longer considered to be in
the original planning area. In such cases, the original plan may still be
approved, but it must include a brief addendum as outlined in “Guidelines
for Solid Waste Comprehensive Plans: Integrated Solid Waste Management
Systems” stating the effect of the change on the waste stream. Private
sanitary disposal projects failing to provide letters will be unable to receive
a permit or permit renewal. If a city, county, or other public agency complies
with comprehensive planning requirements by means of a contract with an agency
holding a sanitary disposal project permit or with a hauler who has a contract
with an agency holding a sanitary disposal project permit, a copy of that
contract shall be submitted as provided in rule 101.6(455B, 455D) in addition to
the letters of cooperation.
c. A description of past local and regional planning
activities.
d. A report of the baseline waste stream in total tons per
year. Progress toward meeting the state’s volume reduction and recycling
goals pursuant to rule 101.7(455B,455D) will be demonstrated through methods as
described in “Guidelines for Solid Waste Comprehensive Plans: Integrated
Solid Waste Management Systems.”
e. A description of population, employment, and industrial
production as of July 1, 1988.
f. A description of the current waste composition and waste
generation rates and a projection of waste composition and generation spanning
two plan cycles.
g. A description of the existing integrated waste management
system, its capacity, disposal costs per ton, and projected disposal costs
spanning two plan cycles.
h. A complete analysis of alternative waste management systems
according to the state’s waste management hierarchy shall include at a
minimum:
(1) A detailed description of public participation and
education programs for source reduction and recycling by both urban and rural
residences, farms, businesses, and industries. Public education programs must
address, at a minimum, household hazardous materials, tires, motor oil,
lead–acid batteries, backyard composting, and methods of materials
separation and recycling. The description of each public education program must
include, but is not limited to:
1. Strategies, costs, and
materials;
2. Public meetings during the
planning and implementation stages and other forms of information dissemination,
such as workshops and advertisements;
3. Time lines and a budget for
public education activities.
(2) Details of local recycling programs containing a specific
methodology for meeting the state waste volume reduction and recycling goals
pursuant to rule 101.7(455B,455D) and a methodology for implementing waste
separation programs including, but not limited to, glass, plastic, paper, and
metal. The methodology must include, but not be limited to:
1. Public education strategies;
2. Public education materials;
3. A specific description of recycling activities already in
place, including the names of groups conducting the activities;
4. The names of any local groups that will be involved in any
recycling programs in the planning area.
(3) An examination of the following waste items for their
existing and potential recyclability: motor oil, waste tires, lead–acid
batteries, household batteries, plastics, newspapers, corrugated cardboard,
textiles, office paper, construction materials, aluminum and steel cans, colored
and clear glass, yard waste, animal wastes and other organic wastes, and white
goods as described in “Guidelines for Solid Waste Comprehensive Plans:
Integrated Solid Waste Management Systems.”
(4) Detailed descriptions of programs developed to encourage
backyard composting of yard waste and to investigate the feasibility of central
composting facilities that will, at a minimum, include yard waste. These
programs must include public education elements as detailed in
101.8(1)“h”(2) and identification of current and potential markets
or outlets for any compost generated at a central composting facility. In
addition, any compost generated at a centralized facility must be produced in
accordance with standards established in Iowa Code section 455D.9 and
567—Chapter 105.
(5) If incineration for energy recovery or volume reduction is
an alternative considered by one or more plan participants, then the plan must
include the methodologies to remove recyclables or materials which may be toxic
or hazardous when burned.
(6) Description of expected environmental impacts from the
alternative waste management systems including any negative impacts on water,
groundwater, air quality, plant life, animal life, and human health.
(7) All new sanitary landfills or expansions that require a
new permit or a permit amendment shall include:
1. A comprehensive listing of plant and animal species. In
preparing the listing, the permit applicant shall contact the department’s
preserves and ecological services bureau with a request to search its records to
determine the presence of or habitat for any threatened or endangered species or
communities and any forests, prairies or wetlands. In the event that the
department’s preserves and ecological services bureau does not contain
records of rare species or communities but their presence is suspected, the
permit applicant may be required to conduct an approved site survey.
2. A determination of the presence of and assessment of the
impact on any archaeological, historical, or architecturally significant
properties on the proposed site. To assess the impact, the permit applicant
must consult with the historic preservation bureau of the Iowa state historical
society.
(8) Inclusion of established and anticipated regulatory
requirements regarding the future siting, operation, closure and postclosure of
solid waste facilities.
(9) Completion of the cost analysis worksheets contained in
“Guidelines for Solid Waste Comprehensive Plans: Integrated Solid Waste
Management Systems.” This document is available upon request from the
department.
(10) A financial plan detailing the actual cost of the
sanitary disposal project, including the funding sources of the project and a
description of the methods of financing to be used.
(11) The most recent completed fiscal year financial statement
and current fiscal year budget for each sanitary landfill, provided by its
operator.
i. An evaluation of the current integrated solid waste
management system according to the state’s waste management
hierarchy.
j. A specific plan and schedule spanning two planning cycles
for implementing the comprehensive plan.
101.8(2) Comprehensive plan updates.
After the initial plan has been approved, plan updates submitted by cities,
counties or sanitary disposal projects are to be submitted on the schedule as
detailed in “Guidelines for Solid Waste Comprehensive Plans: Integrated
Solid Waste Management Systems.” In fulfillment of the requirements of
Iowa Code section 455B.301A and Iowa Code chapter 455D, a plan update shall
include the following information:
a. A description of the planning area and the public and
private agencies involved in the integrated solid waste management system,
including a description of each agency’s role in managing solid waste
generated in the area. An amendment to the plan is required prior to receiving
or otherwise managing waste from outside the delineated planning area.
b. A letter or letters from all local governments and
private sanitary disposal projects participating in the plan. The letter shall
include a statement that the plan participants have reviewed the plan and will
adopt the implementation plan and schedule contained in the plan. The letter
shall briefly summarize the implementation plan and schedule. If a local
government included in the planning area refuses to provide a letter, then that
local government must prepare its own plan and is no longer considered to be in
the original planning area. In such cases, the original plan may still be
approved, but it must include a brief addendum as outlined in “Guidelines
for Solid Waste Comprehensive Plans: Integrated Solid Waste Management
Systems” stating the effect of the change on the waste stream. Private
sanitary disposal projects unable to provide letters will be unable to receive a
permit or permit renewal. If a city, county, or other public agency complies
with comprehensive planning requirements by means of a contract with an agency
holding a sanitary disposal project permit or with a hauler who has a contract
with an agency holding a sanitary disposal project permit, a copy of that
contract shall be submitted in addition to the letters of cooperation.
c. A description of past local and regional planning
activities.
d. A report of the baseline waste stream in total tons per
year. This baseline data will be used to demonstrate progress toward meeting
the state’s volume reduction and recycling goals pursuant to rule
101.7(455B,455D) through methods as described in “Guidelines for Solid
Waste Comprehensive Plans: Integrated Solid Waste Management
Systems.”
e. A description of changes in population, employment, and
industrial production since the last approved plan.
f. A description of changes in waste composition and waste
generation rates since the last approved plan.
g. A description of the existing integrated waste management
system, its capacity, disposal costs per ton, and projected disposal costs per
ton spanning two plan cycles.
h. An analysis of the existing waste management system
according to the state’s waste management hierarchy, as detailed in
101.8(1)“h,” excluding the completion of cost analysis worksheets.
A complete analysis shall include a thorough evaluation of progress toward
meeting the state’s volume reduction and recycling goals. Plans shall use
the base–year adjustment method for their waste abatement table to measure
progress since 1988. The base–year adjustment method controls for
population, employment, and taxable sales so that related changes in a planning
area’s waste disposal are more accurately calculated.
i. A description of potential changes to the
waste management system for the planning area based upon the results of
the alternatives analysis.
j. An evaluation of the current integrated solid waste
management system according to the state’s waste management
hierarchy.
k. A specific plan and schedule spanning two planning cycles
for implementing the comprehensive plan.
l. The most recent completed fiscal year financial statement
and current fiscal year budget for each sanitary landfill, provided by its
operator.
101.8(3) Comprehensive plan amendments. If a
sanitary disposal project or city or county requests to be included in a
planning area after completion of a plan but before a plan update is due, and
the planning area agrees to include the entity, the following procedure is
required:
a. A letter must be submitted to the department by the
facility operator describing the facility’s operation and the amount of
waste to be managed, or by the city or county describing that entity’s
intention to participate in the specified comprehensive plan.
b. A letter must be submitted to the department by the
planning area’s responsible agency agreeing to accept the entity in its
planning area and stating how the change will affect the planning area’s
waste stream, including an explanation of the change in the planning area, the
amount of waste involved and details of waste reduction and recycling efforts
that will be implemented in new communities.
c. The next plan update submitted by the planning area shall
include the entity.
d. If the plan amendment seeks to modify the planning
area’s population or disposal tonnage at a disposal facility within the
planning area by greater than 30 percent or seeks to change the disposal method
of the planning area, an initial plan must be filed.
101.8(4) Plan review. Any planning document
submitted in accordance with rule 101.8(455B,455D) shall be reviewed by the
department for its accuracy, completeness, and appropriateness of baseline data
and alternatives analysis, for the environmental and economic feasibility of
selected waste management systems, for the plan’s adherence to the
state’s waste management hierarchy, for compliance with statutory
deadlines, and for the agency’s commitment to public education and
adequate financing. The director may reject, suggest modification of, or
approve a plan based upon these criteria.
No initial, updated or amended submittal will be approved if
the planning area, including all participating permitted sanitary disposal
projects, is not in compliance with all applicable solid waste
regulations.
101.8(5) Failure to meet the 25 percent waste volume
reduction and recycling goal. If at any time the department determines a
planning area has failed to meet the 25 percent waste volume reduction and
recycling goal, the planning area shall, at a minimum, implement the following
solid waste management techniques as required by Iowa Code section 455D.3(4).
Evidence of implementation of these solid waste management techniques shall be
documented in updated comprehensive plans submitted to the department.
a. Develop draft ordinances that shall be enacted and
implemented no later than six months after the date of the goal progress
approval letter issued by the department. Local governments are charged with
the responsibility for establishing collection fees that are based on volume or
on the number of containers used for disposal by residents.
b. Conduct an educational and promotional program to inform
citizens of the manner and benefits of reducing, reusing, and recycling
materials and the procurement of products made with recycled content. The
program shall include the following:
(1) Targeted waste reduction and recycling education for
residents, including multifamily dwelling complexes having five or more
units.
(2) An intensive one–day seminar for the commercial
sector regarding the benefits of and opportunities for waste reduction and
recycling.
(3) Promotion of recycling through targeted community and
media events.
(4) Recycling notification and education packets to all new
residential, commercial, and institutional collection service customers that
include, at a minimum, the manner of preparation of materials for collection and
the reasons for separation of materials for recycling.
c. Notify the public of the planning area’s failure to
meet the waste volume reduction goals of this chapter.
(1) The planning area shall notify the public using the
following standard language:
PUBLIC NOTIFICATION
(insert NAME OF SOLID WASTE PLANNING
AREA)
The Iowa General Assembly mandated that the amount of waste
landfilled as of July 1, 1988, be reduced 25 percent by July 1, 1994, and 50
percent by July 1, 2000, through source reduction and recycling
activities.
The (insert name of the solid waste planning area) did
not meet the state’s 25 percent waste reduction and recycling goal and is
now required to implement a number of waste management techniques.
Because the (insert name of solid waste planning area)
did not meet the 25 percent goal, landfill users will pay 50 cents per ton in
addition to the state solid waste fee of $4.25 per ton of material landfilled.
This additional fee will be applied until the (insert name of solid waste
planning area) demonstrates it has attained the goal. In contrast, those
planning areas meeting the goal may subtract 50 cents per ton from the state
solid waste fee.
The (insert name of solid waste planning area) must
also do the following:
1. Develop draft ordinances to be used by local governments
for establishing fees that are based on volume or on the number of containers
used for disposal by residents;
2. Conduct an educational and promotional program to inform
citizens of the manner and benefits of reducing, reusing, and recycling
materials and the procurement of products made with recycled content. The
program will include:
• Targeted waste reduction
and recycling education for residents, including multifamily dwelling complexes
having five or more units;
• An intensive one–day
seminar for the commercial sector regarding the benefits of and opportunities
for waste reduction and recycling;
• Promotion of recycling
through targeted community and media events;
• Recycling notification and
education packets to all new residential, commercial, and institutional
collection service customers that include, at a minimum, the manner of
preparation of materials for collection and the reasons for separation of
materials for recycling.
Everyone – businesses, industries, schools, governments,
and citizens – must work together to reduce the amount of valuable
resources being landfilled.
To find out how you can help reduce waste and participate in
the activities listed above, please contact (insert name of contact
person) at (insert number of contact person).
The (insert name of solid waste planning area) includes
(insert names of participating local governments – cities and
counties).
(2) The planning area shall notify the public using the
following procedures:
1. Publication of the notice in not less than a
one–quarter page format in a daily newspaper(s) of general circulation in
each county within the planning area as soon as possible, or within 60 days from
the date the department notifies the planning area that it has failed to meet
the 25 percent waste volume reduction and recycling goal.
2. If counties served by the planning area are not served by a
daily newspaper(s) of general circulation, notice shall instead be given by
publication in a weekly newspaper(s) of general circulation in each county
within the planning area.
3. Copies of the public notice shall also be mailed with a
news release to all television and radio stations with coverage in the planning
area as soon as possible, but in no case later than 60 days after formal
adoption of this rule, or within 60 days from the date the department notifies
the planning area that it has failed to meet the 25 percent waste volume
reduction and recycling goal.
(3) The planning area shall submit to the department, within
30 days from the date of publication of the public notice, proof of publication
from the newspaper(s) used to satisfy this requirement.
The planning area shall also submit to the department, within
30 days from the date of mailing, the public notice and news release, a copy of
the news release and a list of the television and radio stations that were
mailed the public notice and news release.
d. Remit 50 cents per ton to the department as outlined in
subrule 101.9(3).
567—101.9(455B,455D) Fees for disposal of solid
waste at sanitary landfills.
101.9(1) Authority, purpose and
applicability.
a. Authority. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 455B.310, the
department has authority to collect fees for the disposal of solid waste at
sanitary landfills. All tonnage fees received by the department under this rule
shall be deposited in the solid waste account of the groundwater protection fund
created under Iowa Code section 455E.11(1).
b. Purpose. The purpose of this rule is to provide an orderly
and efficient process for the assessment and collection of fees for the disposal
of solid waste at a sanitary landfill. This rule clarifies the applicability of
the fees and sets forth a fee schedule, means of filing, and
record–keeping requirements.
c. Applicability. Except as provided in subrule 101.9(2),
operators of all sanitary landfills located within Iowa and subject to the
permitting requirements of the department shall pay a fee for each ton of solid
waste disposed of in the landfill.
101.9(2) Exclusions.
a. The fees specified in subrule 101.9(3) do not apply to
construction and demolition waste disposed of in an area of a sanitary landfill
that has been designated exclusively for the disposal of construction and
demolition waste on plans and specifications approved by the department or to
solid waste disposal facilities with special permit provisions which limit the
site to the disposal of landscape waste, coal combustion waste, cement kiln
dust, construction and demolition waste, foundry sand or solid waste materials
approved by the department for lining or capping or constructing berms, dikes or
roads in the project.
b. Fees do not apply to wastes which will not be buried at a
sanitary landfill if such material is salvaged or recycled in accordance with
the provisions of the landfill permit.
101.9(3) Fee schedule.
a. The tonnage fee is $4.25 per ton of solid waste.
b. If at any time the department determines that a planning
area has met or exceeded the 25 percent goal, a planning area shall subtract 50
cents from the total amount of the tonnage fee imposed.
c. If at any time the department determines that a planning
area has met or exceeded the 50 percent goal, the planning area shall subtract
$1 from the total amount of the tonnage fee imposed.
d. If at any time the department determines that a planning
area has failed to meet the 25 percent goal, a planning area shall remit 50
cents per ton to the department. Moneys under this paragraph shall be remitted
until such time as evidence of attainment of the 25 percent goal is documented
in comprehensive plan updates submitted to the department.
e. Fifty cents of the tonnage fee shall be retained by the
sanitary landfill operator and shall be used to meet comprehensive planning
requirements, the development of a closure or postclosure plan, the development
of a plan for the control and treatment of leachate including the preparation of
facility plans and detailed plans and specifications and the preparation of a
financial plan.
f. Forty–five cents of the tonnage fee shall be retained
by the sanitary landfill operator. Any tonnage fees retained pursuant to this
paragraph shall be used for implementation of programs and services designed to
satisfy the waste reduction and recycling requirements of comprehensive plans
for cities, counties, or public agencies served by the sanitary disposal
project.
(1) In addition to the 45 cents retained as described in
101.9(3)“f,” 25 cents shall be retained if the sanitary landfill
required to pay the tonnage fee under this paragraph has an approved updated
comprehensive plan on file with the department. Any tonnage fees retained
pursuant to this subparagraph shall be used as described in
101.9(3)“f.”
(2) In addition to the 45 cents retained as described in
101.9(3)“f,” 10 cents shall be retained if the sanitary
landfill’s planning area meets the statewide goal progress average, as
determined by the department on July 1, 1999. The sanitary landfill operator
shall retain the additional 10 cents of the tonnage fee regardless of whether
the planning area subsequently fails to meet the statewide average. Any tonnage
fees retained pursuant to this subparagraph shall be used as described in
101.9(3)“f.”
g. For purposes of assessing this fee, sanitary landfills
shall utilize scales and base the fee assessment on the net scale weight of
solid wastes disposed of at the landfill during the reporting period.
h. If special conditions existing at a sanitary landfill make
it impractical to use the landfill’s scales to determine waste tonnages,
the landfill may propose for department review and approval an alternate method
for determining the weight of disposed solid waste.
101.9(4) Form, manner, time and place of
filing.
a. Form. Any person to whom this rule applies shall file a
completed Form 98, Quarterly Solid Waste Fee Schedule and Retained Fees Report,
supplied by the department as specified in subrule 101.9(3).
b. Manner, time and place. Fees are to be paid on a quarterly
basis. The fees and report on retained fees will be due January 1, April 1,
July 1, and October 1 for the previous quarter. The person shall present or
mail the completed form with the appropriate fees to Accounting, Department of
Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 502 East 9th Street, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319.
101.9(5) Reporting and record keeping.
a. Operating records. Those sanitary landfill operators who
are subject to the fee assessment requirements of this rule shall maintain
adequate records to determine and document the weight of solid waste received at
and disposed of in the sanitary landfill during the calendar year.
b. All records used in determining the solid waste fee
assessment must be kept for a period of at least three years from the end of the
calendar year which the records represent.
c. All records required under this rule must be furnished upon
request, and made available at all reasonable times for inspection, to any
officer, employee, or representative of the department who is duly designated by
the director.
101.9(6) Failure to pay fees. If it is found that a
person has failed to pay the fees assessed by this rule, the director shall
enforce the collection of the delinquent fees. A person required to pay fees as
required by Iowa Code section 455B.310 who fails or refuses to pay the fees by
the due date shall be assessed a penalty of 2 percent of the quarterly fee due
to be assessed on January 2, April 2, July 2, and October 2, and on the first
day of each month thereafter, on a monthly basis until paid. A person required
to retain fees as required by Iowa Code section 455B.310 who fails or refuses to
report the use of the retained fees by the due date shall be assessed a penalty
of 2 percent of the retained fees due to be assessed on January 2, April 2, July
2, and October 2, and on the first day of each month thereafter, on a monthly
basis until paid. The penalty shall be paid in addition to the fee
due.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
455B.303 and 455B.306 and Iowa Code chapter 455D.
ITEM 2. Rescind and reserve
567—Chapter 109.
ARC 0273B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6 and
237.5A, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 156,
“Payments for Foster Care and Foster Parent Training,” appearing in
the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments increase the rates paid for emergency foster
care and provide flexibility in the rate paid to qualified trainers of foster
care preservice. The rate paid for children up to 12 years of age is increased
from $14 per day to $20.09 per day. The rate paid for children 12 years of age
and over is increased from $21.63 per day to $21.84 per day.
The current rate paid for emergency care has not been
increased for several years and the basic maintenance rate currently paid to
foster parents has exceeded the amount for children up to 12 years of age. In
order to recruit and retain foster parents willing to care for children needing
this service, the rates need to be increased for all ages of children.
Foster parents and social workers who serve as trainers for
approved preservice training programs shall each be paid a contract fee per
class hour appropriate to community standards based on the education and
experience of each trainer. These rates shall be negotiated between the entity
that contracts with the Department and the trainer.
The Department is in need of trainers who are able to provide
the preservice training for persons desiring to be basic level foster parents
and for those desiring to be certified to provide treatment. The pool of
trainers is inadequate to meet the demand. The current payment rate does not
meet community standards. This change will allow the contractor to pay a rate
that is competitive.
These amendments do not provide for waivers in specific
situations because they confer a benefit on foster parents and children in
foster care by increasing the rate foster parents are paid to care for children
on an emergency basis and trainers are paid to conduct preservice training,
thereby increasing the number of homes available and increasing the pool of
trainers across the state to meet the demand for foster care preservice
training.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and
arguments thereto received by the Office of Policy Analysis, Department of Human
Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0114, on or
before December 6, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
234.35 and 237.5A.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441—156.11(234)
as follows:
Amend subrule 156.11(2) as follows:
156.11(2) Foster family home payment. Foster family
homes may be designated to provide emergency care and may be paid on a daily
rate per child when a child is placed. Rates for children shall be:
Age of child
|
Rate
|
Age 0–11
|
$14.00 $20.09 per day
|
Age 12 and over
|
$21.63 $21.84 per day
|
Amend the implementation clause as follows:
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
234.38 234.35.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 156.18(3) as
follows:
156.18(3) Foster parent and social worker
trainers. Foster parents and social workers who serve as trainers for
approved 12-hour preservice training programs shall each be
paid a contract fee of $14.00 per class hour appropriate to
community standards based on the education and experience of each trainer.
These rates shall be negotiated between the entity that contracts with the
department and the trainer.
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Notice of Public Hearing
Pursuant to Executive Order Number 8, the Insurance Division
is in the process of reviewing all administrative rules within its jurisdiction.
As part of the review process, the Division shall conduct a series of public
hearings to receive comments of interested individuals or parties. The hearings
are for the sole purpose of receiving comments on existing administrative
rules.
The Division has scheduled the following hearing:
Rates, Forms and Special Lines—Chapters 20, 21, 22, 28,
30, 31, 33 and 58.
Monday, December 11, 2000, 1 p.m. in the Lobby Conference Room
of the Iowa Insurance Division, 330 Maple Street, Des Moines, Iowa.
Contact Person: Angela Burke Boston, Assistant
Commissioner.
For further information on this hearing, please telephone the
named contact person at (515)281–5705.
ARC 0286B
IOWA FINANCE
AUTHORITY[265]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections
17A.3(1)“b” and 16.5(17), the Executive Director of the Iowa Finance
Authority (Authority) proposes to amend Chapter 8, “Private Activity Bond
Allocation,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments provide a process for receiving
applications for the state ceiling of private activity bonds. The process will
permit applicants to apply for an allocation of the state ceiling for a given
calendar year by submitting applications prior to the first business day of the
year. Applications so received will be treated as having been received on the
first business day of the calendar year. This procedure will allow the
Authority to treat all applications submitted before the first business day of
the calendar year as though they were received simultaneously, so that
applicants will not be forced to line up outside the Authority’s office
the night before the first business day of the year in order to file their
applications with the Authority. The proposed amendments set forth a procedure
for determining the order of preference for allocation of the state ceiling that
the simultaneously received applications will receive in the event applicants
seek more bond allocation than is available under the state ceiling.
The Authority does not intend to grant waivers under the
provisions of any of these rules. Waivers could result in noncompliance with
the provisions of Iowa Code chapter 7C.
Consistent with Executive Order Number 9, the Authority has
considered the regulatory principles identified in the Order and finds that the
proposed amendments will serve an important public need in providing a fair and
equitable procedure for receiving applications for allocations of the private
activity bond state ceiling and determining the order of allocating the state
ceiling among simultaneously received applications.
The Authority will receive written comments on the proposed
amendments until the close of business on December 12, 2000. Comments may be
addressed to Loyd Ogle, Iowa Finance Authority, 100 East Grand, Suite 250, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309. Comments may be faxed to Loyd Ogle at (515) 242–5650.
Comments may be E–mailed to Loyd Ogle at
loyd.ogle@ifa.state.ia.us.
The Authority will hold a public hearing on December 5, 2000,
to receive public comments on these amendments. The public hearing will be held
at 9 a.m. in the Conference Room, Iowa Finance Authority, 100 East Grand, Suite
250, Des Moines, Iowa 50309.
The Authority anticipates that it may make changes to these
amendments based on comments received from the public.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
7C and Internal Revenue Code Section 146.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 265—8.1(7C) as
follows:
265—8.1(7C) General. The governor has appointed
the executive director of the Iowa finance authority as the governor’s
designee responsible for administration of the law which establishes procedures
for allocation of private activity bonds as defined in Section
103(n) 141 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1954. Procedures set out in the law and in these rules shall be
followed in allocating the private activity bond state ceiling (“state
ceiling”) between cities, counties and the state of Iowa. For each
calendar year, the state ceiling shall be allocated among bonds issued for
various purposes in the percentages set forth in Iowa Code section 7C.4A. The
state ceiling shall be allocated among all issuers for those various purposes
annually in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 7C and these rules. All
applications received in any calendar year shall expire as of December 31 of
that year.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 265—8.3(7C) as
follows:
265—8.3(7C) Formula for allocation.
8.3(1) The state ceiling shall be allocated
among all issuers on the basis of chronological order of receipt of
applications. Chronological order of receipt shall be determined by the date,
hour and minute indicated by the time stamp as affixed to the application at the
offices of the governor’s designee.
8.3(2) All applications that are submitted
for receipt pursuant to the provisions of subrule 8.4(2) shall be considered
simultaneously received at the opening of business on the first business day of
the calendar year and the same date, hour and minute shall be stamped on each
application so received.
a. If the total amount of allocations requested in all of
the applications received pursuant to subrule 8.4(2) that seek allocations of
bonds for industries pursuant to Iowa Code subsection 7C.4A(5) exceed the amount
of the state ceiling available for that purpose, the applications will be
considered for allocation in the order determined pursuant to the procedures set
forth in paragraph 8.3(3)“a.”
b. If the total amount of allocations requested in all of
the applications received pursuant to subrule 8.4(2) that seek allocations of
private activity bonds issued by public subdivisions, the proceeds of which are
used by the issuing subdivision pursuant to Iowa Code section 7C.4A(6), exceed
the amount of the state ceiling available for that purpose, the applications
will be considered for allocation in the order determined pursuant to the
procedures set forth in paragraph 8.3(3)“b.”
8.3(3) Allocation process.
a. In order to determine the order of allocation of the
state ceiling to each of the applications for industrial purposes that are
simultaneously received pursuant to subrules 8.4(2) and 8.4(4), each application
shall be assigned a preference number determined by a random drawing conducted
at 10 a.m. on the first day of business of the calendar year at the Iowa finance
authority offices. Any person desiring to attend and witness the drawing and
assigning of preference numbers may do so. Each application shall be assigned
an identification code that shall be written on the outside of the sealed
envelope containing the application. The identification codes shall be written
on strips of paper and placed in individual envelopes and sealed. The sealed
envelopes containing identification codes shall be placed in a container, mixed,
and drawn from the container at random by a member of the authority’s
staff. The application corresponding with the identification code that is drawn
first shall be placed first on the list of applicants to receive an allocation
of the state ceiling. The application corresponding with the identification
code that is selected second shall be placed second on the list, and so forth.
Drawings shall continue until all applications are assigned a place on the list
of applications received.
b. In order to determine the order of allocation of the
state ceiling to each of the applications for state ceiling for political
subdivisions that are simultaneously received pursuant to subrules 8.4(2) and
8.4(4), each application shall be assigned a preference number determined by a
random drawing conducted at 10 a.m. on the first day of business of the calendar
year at the Iowa finance authority offices. Any person desiring to attend and
witness the drawing and assigning of preference numbers may do so. Applications
shall be assigned an identification code that shall be written on the outside of
the sealed envelope containing the application. The identification codes shall
be written on strips of paper and placed in individual envelopes and sealed.
The sealed envelopes containing identification codes shall be placed in a
container, mixed, and drawn from the container at random by a member of the
authority’s staff. The application corresponding with the identification
code that is drawn first shall be placed first on the list of applicants to
receive an allocation of the state ceiling. The application corresponding with
the identification code that is selected second shall be placed second on the
list, and so forth. Drawings shall continue until all applications are assigned
a place on the list of applications received.
8.3(4) The governor’s designee shall
maintain one list of applications for private activity bonds for the purpose of
industries and a separate list for applications for private activity bonds for
the use of political subdivisions. The applications that are simultaneously
received pursuant to subrules 8.4(2) and 8.4(4) shall be listed in the order of
preferenceas established pursuant to paragraphs 8.3(3)“a” and
8.3(3)“b.” Applications received after the opening of the first day
of business of a calendar year shall be added to the appropriate list depending
upon the subject of the application in the chronological order
received.
8.3(5) Formula for allocations
following June 30 of each year. As permitted by Iowa Code section 7C.5,
following June 30 of each year issuers which initially applied for state ceiling
allocated under Iowa Code section 7C.4A(6) for bonds, the proceeds of which are
to be used by the issuing political subdivision, shall be given priority over
any applications received for state ceiling for bonds otherwise requiring an
allocation under Section 146 of the Internal Revenue Code.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 7C.5
and 7C.4A(7)“a.”
ITEM 3. Amend rule 265—8.4(7C) as
follows:
265—8.4(7C) Application for
allocation.
8.4(1) An issuer or beneficiary, or the
duly authorized agent of an issuer or beneficiary, must make an
application, by filing the form available from the
governor’s designee entitled, “Application and Response,” for
the allocation of a portion of the private activity bonds state
ceiling.
8.4(2) Applications for any given calendar
year may be submitted to the Iowa finance authority offices during the month of
December of the previous year with a request that the application be treated as
received when the authority opens for business on the first business day of the
calendar year for which the application is made. Applications submitted in this
manner must be contained in a sealed envelope that is clearly marked with words
such as: “This application for private activity bond allocation for year
2001 is to be held for constructive delivery and receipt, and stamped
“received” by the Iowa Finance Authority upon the opening of
business on the first business day of calendar year 2001.” Applicants
should also indicate the type of bond for which application is made and the
amount requested on the outside of the sealed envelope. There may be only one
application for each separate project. All applications so received will be
deemed received simultaneously as of the date, hour and minute of the opening of
business of the Iowa finance authority on the first business day of the calendar
year for which application is made. Expired applications made in previous years
may be resubmitted to the authority pursuant to this procedure.
8.4(3) Applications for any given calendar
year may be submitted to the Iowa finance authority offices at any time during
the calendar year. Applications must be contained in a sealed envelope that is
clearly marked with the year for which the application is made, the type of bond
sought, and the amount of the state ceiling requested. Applications received
during the calendar year will be immediately stamped with the day, hour and
minute they are received by the authority.
8.4(4) All applications received pursuant to
the provisions of subrule 8.4(2) will be deemed to have been received
simultaneously on the date, hour and minute that the authority opens for
business on the first business day of the year for which the applications are
made.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 7C.4A
and 7C.5.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 265—8.5(7C) as
follows:
265—8.5(7C) Certification of allocation.
This rule implements 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1166, section 8, providing that
“for the calendar year beginning January 1, 2001, applications for the
state ceiling allocation under [Iowa Code] section 7C.4A, subsection 5, shall
not be approved prior to March 1.” For the calendar year beginning
January 1, 2001, unless Iowa Code chapter 7C has been otherwise amended,
Upon upon receipt of a completed application, the
governor’s designee shall promptly, commencing March 1, 2001,
certify to the issuer the amount of the state ceiling allocated to the bonds for
the purpose of the project for which the application was
submitted., in the order as determined by Iowa Code chapter
7C and rules 8.3(7C) and 8.4(7C). The governor’s designee shall continue
to allocate the state ceiling for each purpose separately until all the
available state ceiling for that purpose is fully allocated. If there is not
sufficient available state ceiling to fully fund an application which is next in
order for allocation, the governor’s designee shall notify the applicant
of the amount that is available and the applicant shall have the option to take
what is available within five calendar days of receiving notice of availability.
If the applicant does not notify the governor’s designee of its decision
to take the available allocation within five calendar days of receiving notice
of that option, the available state ceiling shall be offered to the next
application on the list under the same conditions, and the initial offeree will
maintain its position on the list. If the partial allocation is accepted, the
applicant shall submit a new application for additional state ceiling and that
application will be added to the bottom of the list in the chronological order
of its receipt.
If the bonds are issued and delivered prior to the expiration
date of the allocation, then the issuer or the issuer’s attorney shall
within ten days following the issuance and delivery of the bonds notify the
governor’s designee by filing the form captioned “Notice of Issuance
and Delivery of Bonds.” Upon receipt of the form the governor’s
designee shall return a time–stamped copy of the form to the issuer or
issuer’s attorney.
ITEM 5. Rescind rule 265—8.9(7C)
and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
265—8.9(7C) Use by political subdivisions. With
respect to the amount of the state ceiling allocated for the purpose of private
activity bonds issued by political subdivisions, the proceeds of which are used
by the issuing political subdivisions, the political subdivision must use the
proceeds to finance a project owned or utilized directly by the political
subdivision, or finance a program of the political subdivision which the
legislature by statute has authorized or directed the political subdivision to
implement.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
7C.4A(6).
ITEM 6. Adopt new rule
265—8.10(7C) as follows:
265—8.10(7C) Application and allocation fees.
The Iowa finance authority may charge reasonable fees for providing
administrative assistance with regard to the filing of applications and the
allocation of the private activity bond state ceiling in accordance with these
rules. A fee of 1 basis point (.01%) of the amount of state ceiling for which
application is made shall be paid by the applicant upon filing the application
with the governor’s designee. An additional fee of 1 basis point shall be
paid by the applicant upon receipt of the certification by the governor’s
designee of the state ceiling allocated.
ARC 0276B
LAW ENFORCEMENT
ACADEMY[501]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code Supplement section
80B.11, subsection 7, and section 80B.13, subsection 8, the Iowa Law Enforcement
Academy gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, “Organization
and Administration,” Chapter 5, “Approved Regional Law Enforcement
Training Facility,” and Chapter 6, “Decertification,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
In accordance with 1999 Iowa Acts, chapter 70, the proposed
amendments permit the Iowa Law Enforcement Academy Council to initiate
decertification or suspension actions against a law enforcement officer’s
certification on its own motion. Item 3 lists the grounds on the bases of which
decertification or suspension action can be brought. Items 1, 2 and 4 are
primarily correctional, to bring the rules into harmony with the new statute,
and Items 1 and 5 eliminate references to a publication and an agency that are
no longer in existence.
Any interested person may make written comments or suggestions
on these proposed amendments on or before December 5, 2000. Such written
materials should be sent to Gene W. Shepard, Director, Iowa Law Enforcement
Academy, P.O. Box 130, Johnston, Iowa 50131–0130, or faxed to
(515)242–5471.
There will be a public hearing on these proposed amendments on
December 5, 2000, at 9 a.m. in the conference room at the Iowa Law Enforcement
Academy, Camp Dodge, Johnston, Iowa, at which time persons may present their
views orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their
names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject
of the amendments.
These amendments were approved by the Iowa Law Enforcement
Academy Council on October 5, 2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement sections 80B.11(7) and 80B.13(8).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
501—1.1(80B) by striking the definition of “B.C.I.
bulletin” and amending the introductory paragraph of “good
cause” as follows:
“B.C.I. bulletin” means the Iowa bureau of
criminal investigation weekly bulletin.
“Good cause” means employer
initiated termination of employment for any of the following
reasons:
ITEM 2. Amend subrules 5.1(5) and 5.1(9)
as follows:
5.1(5) Approval or disapproval furnished in writing.
Approval, or disapproval, of the regional training facility will be furnished in
writing by the academy council to the regional facility director within
30 60 days of receipt of the request by the academy
council. Such approval will be published in the B.C.I.
bulletin.
5.1(9) Revocation of approval. Approval of a regional
training facility may be revoked by action of the academy council whenever a
facility is deemed inadequate. Such revocation shall be furnished in writing by
the academy council to the regional facility director specifically stating why
approval is being revoked. Notice of such revocation will be published
in the B.C.I. bulletin. The facility may be reapproved by the academy
council when it deems the deficiencies have been corrected. Such
reapproval will be published in the B.C.I. bulletin.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 6.2(2),
introductory paragraph and paragraph “a,” as
follows:
6.2(2) Discretionary revocation. The council, at its
discretion, upon receiving a recommendation from an employing
agency, may revoke or suspend a law enforcement officer’s
certification under any of the following circumstances:
a. A law enforcement officer has been convicted of a
crime involving moral turpitude as defined in 501—
1.1(80B).
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 6.2(2) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“e”:
e. The law enforcement officer:
(1) Makes, tenders, or certifies to a material false statement
in a document prescribed by the academy or otherwise provided for or authorized
by these rules, or in any other document intended to induce the academy or the
Iowa law enforcement academy council to take or withhold action.
(2) Falsifies or makes misrepresentations on an employment
application submitted to any Iowa law enforcement agency.
(3) Testifies falsely in any court of law or administrative
hearing.
(4) Fails to comply with the requirements of 501—Chapter
8 relative to in–service training.
(5) Pleads guilty to, or is found guilty of, a felony or a
crime involving moral turpitude as defined in 501—subrule
2.1(5).
(6) Uses or possesses an illegal controlled substance other
than in connection with official duties.
(7) Is decertified in any other state where the officer may be
certified.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 6.3(2) as
follows:
6.3(2) Commencement of contested case proceedings.
Contested case proceedings shall be commenced by the filing of a notice by the
council or its designee requiring the affected law enforcement officer to appear
and show cause why certification to be a law enforcement officer in the state of
Iowa should not be revoked. or suspended. Notice
shall may be given in the same manner as the service of
original notice or may be by certified mail, return receipt requested,
and which shall be sent no fewer than 30 days before the
date set for the hearing. The petition shall include:
1. A statement of the time, place and nature of the
hearing.
2. A statement of the legal authority and jurisdiction under
which the hearing is held.
3. A reference to the particular sections of the statutes and
rules involved.
4. A short and plain statement of the grounds for revocation
or suspension and all other relevant facts.
Notice shall may also be sent in the
manner aforementioned or by ordinary mail to any other interested party.
After the delivery of the notice commencing the contested case proceedings, the
presiding officer may allow further response of pleadings by the party as in the
presiding officer’s discretion is deemed necessary and
appropriate.
ARC 0275B
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE
DIVISION[645]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Physician Assistant Examiners hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 325, “Physician Assistants,” and to adopt a new
Chapter 328, “Continuing Education for Physician Assistants,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments change cross references to rules,
rescind the current continuing education rule, and adopt a new chapter for
continuing education.
Any interested person may make written comments on the
proposed amendments no later than December 6, 2000, addressed to Rosalie Steele,
Professional Licensure Division, Department of Public Health, Lucas State
Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
The Division revised these rules according to Executive Order
Number 8. The Division sent letters to the public for comment and two letters
were received in return. Division staff also had input on these rules. The
comments received were discussed by the Board and decisions were based on need,
clarity, intent and statutory authority, cost and fairness.
A public hearing will be held on December 6, 2000, from 9 to
11 a.m. in the Fifth Floor Board Conference Room, Lucas State Office Building,
at which time persons may present their views either orally or in writing. At
the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the
record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the proposed
amendments.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
147.76 and chapters 148C and 272C.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subparagraph
325.4(1)“a”(2) as follows:
(2) Present proof of compliance with the continuing education
provisions as set forth in rule 325.19(148C) these
rules.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
325.5(1)“d” as follows:
d. If the license and registration renewal form and
nonrefundable $100 fee ($5 for registration alone) are not received by the board
within 60 30 days after the expiration date, the license
and registration are lapsed and a new application and nonrefundable fee of $150
($50 for registration alone) must be submitted.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 325.5(3) by
adopting new paragraphs “c,” “d”
and “e” as follows:
c. License renewal fee is $100.
d. Registration renewal fee is $5.
e. Lapsed license late fee for registration only is
$45.
ITEM 4. Rescind and reserve rule
645—325.19(148C).
ITEM 5. Adopt new
645—Chapter 328 as follows:
CHAPTER 328
CONTINUING EDUCATION FOR
PHYSICIAN
ASSISTANTS
645—328.1(148C) Definitions. For the purpose of
these rules, the following definitions shall apply:
“Active license” means the license of a person who
is acting, practicing, functioning, and working in compliance with license
requirements.
“Administrator” means the administrator of the
board of physician assistant examiners.
“Approved program/activity” means a continuing
education program/activity meeting the standards set forth in these rules, which
has received advance approval by the board pursuant to these rules.
“Audit” means the selection of licensees
for verification of satisfactory completion of continuing education requirements
during a specified time period or the selection of providers for verification of
adherence to continuing education provider requirements during a specified time
period.
“Board” means the board of physician assistant
examiners.
“Continuing education” means planned, organized
learning acts designed to maintain, improve, or expand a licensee’s
knowledge and skills in order for the licensee to develop new knowledge and
skills relevant to the enhancement of practice, education, or theory development
to improve the safety and welfare of the public.
“Hour of continuing education” means a clock hour
spent by a licensee in actual attendance at and completion of approved
continuing education activity.
“Lapsed license” means a license that a person has
failed to renew as required, or the license of a person who failed to meet
stated obligations within a stated time.
“License” means license to practice.
“Licensee” means any person licensed to
practice as a physician assistant in the state of Iowa.
645—328.2(148C) Continuing education
requirements.
328.2(1) The biennial continuing education compliance
period shall extend for a two–year period beginning on October 1 of each
year and ending on September 30 two years later. Each biennium, each person who
is licensed to practice as a licensee in this state shall be required to
complete a minimum of 100 hours of continuing education approved by the board.
The 2001 renewal cycle will extend from July 1, 2001, to September 30,
2003.
328.2(2) Requirements of new licensees. Those persons
licensed for the first time shall not be required to complete continuing
education as a prerequisite for the first renewal of their licenses. Continuing
education hours acquired anytime from the initial licensing until the second
license renewal may be used. The new licensee will be required to complete a
minimum of 100 hours of continuing education per biennium for each subsequent
license renewal.
328.2(3) Hours of continuing education credit may be
obtained by attending and participating in a continuing education activity.
These hours must be approved by the board or otherwise meet the requirements
herein pursuant to statutory provisions and the rules that implement
them.
328.2(4) No hours of continuing education shall be
carried over into the next biennium except as stated for the second
renewal.
328.2(5) It is the responsibility of each licensee to
finance the cost of continuing education.
645—328.3(148C) Standards for approval.
328.3(1) General criteria. A continuing education
activity which meets all of the following criteria is appropriate for continuing
education credit if it is determined by the board that the continuing education
activity:
a. Constitutes an organized program of learning which
contributes directly to the professional competency of the licensee;
b. Pertains to subject matters which integrally relate to the
practice of the profession;
c. Is conducted by individuals who have specialized education,
training and experience by reason of which said individuals should be considered
qualified concerning the subject matter of the program. The board may request
the qualifications of presenters;
d. Fulfills stated program goals, objectives, or both;
and
e. Provides proof of attendance to licensees in attendance
including:
(1) Date(s), location, course title, presenter(s);
(2) Numbers of program contact hours (One contact hour equals
one hour of continuing education credit.); and
(3) Official signature or verification by program
sponsor.
328.3(2) Specific criteria. Continuing education
hours of credit may be obtained by:
a. Category I continuing education that shall relate to the
practice of medicine and surgery, osteopathic medicine and surgery or
osteopathy, and has been approved by the American Academy of Physician
Assistants, American Academy of Family Physicians, American Osteopathic
Association, or those organizations accredited by the Accreditation Council on
Continuing Medical Education (ACCME), which includes the American Medical
Association. The program’s publicity will specify the accrediting
organization(s) and the number of approved Category I hours.
b. Category II continuing education that is acquired on an
hour–for–hour basis by participating in professional or medical
educational activities that have not been approved for a specific number of
Category I hours. Category II continuing education is approved for Category II
credit by the American Academy of Physician Assistants.
c. Completing a minimum requirement of 40 hours which shall be
earned in Category I and Category II.
d. Continuing education that is in lieu of Category I and
Category II. The board shall accept a current certificate of continuing
education from the American Academy of Physician Assistants, the National
Commission on the Certification of Physician Assistants or a successor agency
and will consider approval of other programs as they are developed.
645—328.4(148C) Reporting continuing education by
licensee. At the time of license renewal, each licensee shall be required
to submit to the board a current certificate from the National Commission on the
Certification of Physician Assistants which requires 100 hours of continuing
education to maintain certification, documentation of 100 hours of continuing
education from the American Academy of Physician Assistants or a report on
continuing education on a board–approved form.
328.4(1) The information on the form shall
include:
a. Title of continuing education activity;
b. Date(s);
c. Sponsor of the activity; and
d. Number and category of continuing education hours
earned.
328.4(2) Audit of continuing education report. After
each educational biennium, the board may audit a percentage of the continuing
education reports before granting the renewal of licenses to those being
audited.
a. The board will select licensees to be audited.
b. The licensee shall make available to the board for auditing
purposes a certificate of attendance or verification for all reported activities
that includes the following information:
(1) Date(s), location, course title, schedule (brochure,
pamphlet, program, presenter(s));
(2) Number of contact hours for program attended;
and
(3) Certificate of attendance or verification indicating
successful completion of the course.
c. For auditing purposes, the licensee must retain the above
information for four years.
d. Submission of a false report of continuing education or
failure to meet continuing education requirements may cause the license to lapse
and may result in formal disciplinary action.
e. All renewal license applications that are submitted late
(after the end of the compliance period) may be subject to audit of continuing
education report.
f. Failure to receive the renewal application shall not
relieve the licensee of responsibility of meeting continuing education
requirements and submitting the renewal fee by the end of the compliance
period.
645—328.5(148C) Reinstatement of lapsed license or
registration. Failure of the licensee to renew within 30 days after
expiration date shall cause the license to lapse. A person who allows the
license to lapse cannot engage in practice in Iowa without first complying with
all regulations governing reinstatement as outlined in the board rules. A
person who allows the license to lapse must apply to the board for reinstatement
of the license. Reinstatement of the lapsed license may be granted by the board
if the applicant:
1. Submits a written application for reinstatement to the
board;
2. Submits the license and registration renewal
form;
3. Submits the license/registration renewal fee or
registration renewal fee only;
4. Submits the late fee for a license/registration or late fee
for registration only; and
5. Provides evidence of satisfactory completion of continuing
education requirements during the period since the license lapsed. The total
number of continuing education hours required for license reinstatement is
computed by multiplying 100 by the number of bienniums since the license lapsed
to a maximum of two bienniums or 200 hours of continuing education credit of
which at least 40 percent of the hours completed shall be in Category
I.
645—328.6(148C) Continuing education waiver for
active practitioners. A physician assistant licensed to practice shall be
deemed to have complied with the continuing education requirements of this state
during the period that the licensee serves honorably on active duty in the
military services or as a government employee outside the United States as a
practicing physician assistant.
645—328.7(148C) Continuing education waiver for
disability or illness. The board may, in individual cases involving
disability or illness, grant waivers of the minimum educational requirements or
extension of time within which to fulfill the same or make the required reports.
No waiver or extension of time shall be granted unless written application
therefor is made on forms provided by the board and signed by the licensee and
appropriate licensed health care practitioners. The board may grant a waiver of
the minimum educational requirements for any period of time not to exceed one
calendar year from the onset of disability or illness. In the event that the
disability or illness upon which a waiver has been granted continues beyond the
period of waiver, the licensee must reapply for an extension of the waiver. The
board may, as a condition of any waiver granted, require the applicant to make
up a certain portion or all of the minimum educational requirements waived by
such methods as may be prescribed by the board.
645—328.8(272C) Hearings. In the event of
denial, in whole or part, of any application for approval of a continuing
education program or credit for continuing education activity, the applicant or
licensee shall have the right within 20 days after the sending of the
notification of denial by ordinary mail to request a hearing which shall be held
within 90 days after receipt of the request for hearing. The hearing shall be
conducted by the board or an administrative law judge designated by the board,
in substantial compliance with the hearing procedure set forth in rule
645—11.9(17A).
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 272C.2
and chapter 148C.
ARC 0274B
PUBLIC HEALTH
DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147A.4, the
Department of Public Health hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend
Chapter 134, “Trauma Care Facility Categorization and Verification,”
and Chapter 135, “Trauma Triage and Transfer Protocols,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments update the cross references to
documents adopted by reference in each chapter and replace outdated language in
preparation for implementation of Iowa’s trauma system in January
2001.
The Department has not provided specific provisions for a
waiver or variance from rules in Chapters 134 and 135. A party seeking a waiver
or variance from the rules should do so pursuant to the Department’s
variance and waiver provisions contained in 641—Chapter 178.
The Department’s Trauma System Advisory Council
unanimously adopted the proposed amendments at the October 18, 2000,
meeting.
The Department of Public Health will hold a public hearing
over the Iowa Communications Network (ICN) on Tuesday, December 5, 2000, from 1
to 2 p.m. Sites participating in the ICN broadcast include the
following:
National Guard Armory, 11 East 23rd Street, Spencer
National Guard Armory, 1712 LaClark Road, Carroll
National Guard Armory, 315 12th Avenue NW, Hampton
Department of Education, ICN Room, Second Floor, Grimes State
Office Building, 400 East 14th Street, Des Moines
National Guard Armory, 195 Radford Road, Dubuque
National Guard Armory, 501 Highway 1 South,
Washington
At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and
addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the
amendments. Any person who plans to attend the public hearing and who may have
special requirements, such as hearing or mobility impairments, should contact
the Department of Public Health and advise of specific needs.
Any oral or written comments must be received on or before
December 5, 2000. Comments should be addressed to Gary Ireland, EMS Bureau
Chief, Department of Public Health, 401 SW 7th Street, Suite D, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
147A.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrules 134.2(3) and
134.2(5) as follows:
134.2(3) Adoption by reference.
a. “Iowa Trauma System Level I & II Hospital and
Emergency Care Facility Categorization Criteria” (June
1996) (October 1999) is incorporated and adopted by reference
for Level I and II hospital and emergency care facility categorization
criteria, and the “Iowa Trauma System Level III & IV Hospital
and Emergency Care Facility Categorization Criteria” (June
1996) (May 1999) is incorporated by reference and adopted for
Level III and IV hospital and emergency care facility categorization criteria.
For any differences which may occur between the adopted references and these
administrative rules, the administrative rules shall prevail.
b. “The Iowa Trauma System Level I
& II Hospital and Emergency Care Facility Categorization Criteria”
(June 1996) (October 1999) and the “Iowa Trauma
System Level III & IV Hospital and Emergency Care Facility Categorization
Criteria” (June 1996) (May 1999)
is are available through the Iowa Department of Public
Health, Bureau of Emergency Medical Services, Lucas State Office Building, Des
Moines, Iowa 50319–0075.
134.2(5) A hospital, emergency care facility, or
trauma care facility may apply to the department for a change in level of
categorization through submission of a self–assessment categorization
application.
Hospitals and emergency care facilities seeking
categorization at Levels I or II shall submit the categorization application to
the department prior to January 1, 1998. Hospitals and emergency care
facilities seeking categorization at Level III or IV shall submit the
categorization application to the department prior to January 1,
1999.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph
135.2(1)“a” as follows:
a. Adoption by reference. The
“Out–of–Hospital Trauma Triage Destination Decision
Protocol” (September 1996) (October 1999) and the
“Inter–Trauma Care Facility Triage and Transfer Protocol”
(August 1996) are incorporated by reference and adopted as the
out–of–hospital trauma triage destination decision and the
intertrauma care facility triage and transfer protocols. For any differences
which may occur between the adopted references and these administrative rules,
the administrative rules shall prevail.
ARC 0280B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 421.14, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 10, “Interest, Penalty, Exceptions to Penalty, and Jeopardy
Assessments,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Iowa Code section 421.7 requires the Director of Revenue and
Finance to determine the interest rate for each calendar year. The Director has
determined that the rate of interest on interest–bearing taxes arising
under Iowa Code title XVI shall be 11 percent for the calendar year 2001 (0.9
percent per month). The Department will also pay interest at the 11 percent
rate on refunds.
The proposed amendment will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of this amendment would result in hardship or injustice
to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the discretionary
provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that this proposed amendment may
have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202,
section 10]. The Department will issue a regulatory analysis as provided in
Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A [1998 Iowa Acts, chapter 1202, section 10]
if a written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
December 18, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on this proposed amendment on or before December 15, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who want to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by December 8,
2000.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
421.7.
The following amendment is proposed.
Amend rule 701—10.2(421) by adopting the following
new subrule:
10.2(20) Calendar year 2001. The interest rate upon
all unpaid taxes which are due as of January 1, 2001, will be 11 percent per
annum (0.9% per month). This interest rate will accrue on taxes which are due
and unpaid as of, or after, January 1, 2001. In addition, this interest rate
will accrue on tax refunds which by law accrue interest, regardless of whether
the tax to be refunded is due before or after January 1, 2001. This interest
rate of 11 percent per annum, whether for unpaid taxes or tax refunds, will
commence to accrue in 2001.
ARC 0281B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Notice of Intended Action
Twenty–five interested persons, a
governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may
demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section
17A.4(1)“b.”
Notice is also
given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its
own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this
proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the
public or interested persons may be heard.
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to
amend Chapter 18, “Taxable and Exempt Sales Determined by Method of
Transaction or Usage,” Iowa Administrative Code.
In a recent decision, the Iowa Supreme Court refused to adopt
a longstanding Department interpretation of the statute exempting “casual
sales” from Iowa tax. The Court rejected the Department’s position
that Iowa Code section 422.42(3)“b” is the only casual sale
exemption applicable to the liquidation of a trade or business. The Court
stated that the casual sale exemption set out in Iowa Code section
422.42(3)“a” would also apply if the sale in question were
nonrecurring and outside the regular course of a seller’s business. The
Department rule explaining the casual sales exemption is amended to incorporate
this conclusion.
The proposed amendments will not necessitate additional
expenditures by political subdivisions or agencies and entities which contract
with political subdivisions.
Any person who believes that the application of the
discretionary provisions of these amendments would result in hardship or
injustice to that person may petition the Department for a waiver of the
discretionary provisions, if any.
The Department has determined that these proposed amendments
may have an impact on small business. The Department has considered the factors
listed in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A. The Department will issue a
regulatory analysis as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 17A.4A if a
written request is filed by delivery or by mailing postmarked no later than
December 18, 2000, to the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of
Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457, Des Moines,
Iowa 50306. The request may be made by the Administrative Rules Review
Committee, the Administrative Rules Coordinator, at least 25 persons signing
that request who each qualify as a small business or an organization
representing at least 25 such persons.
Any interested person may make written suggestions or comments
on these proposed amendments on or before December 15, 2000. Such written
comments should be directed to the Policy Section, Compliance Division,
Department of Revenue and Finance, Hoover State Office Building, P.O. Box 10457,
Des Moines, Iowa 50306.
Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact
the Policy Section, Compliance Division, Department of Revenue and Finance, at
(515)281–4250 or at the Department of Revenue and Finance offices on the
fourth floor of the Hoover State Office Building.
Requests for a public hearing must be received by December 8,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
422.45(6) and 422.42(3).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 18.28(1) as
follows:
18.28(1) Casual sales by persons not retailers or by
retailers outside the regular course of business and not involving a
liquidation of the business. Casual sales are exempt from the Iowa
sales and use taxes except for the casual sale of vehicles subject to
registration, and vehicles subject only to the issuance of a certificate of
title. On and after July 1, 1988, the casual sale of aircraft is also taxable.
In order for a casual sale to qualify for exemption under this subrule,
two conditions must be present: (1) the sale of tangible personal property or
taxable services must be of a nonrecurring nature, and (2) the seller, at the
time of the sale, must not be engaged for profit in the business of selling
tangible goods or services taxed under Iowa Code section 422.43 or, if so
engaged, the sale must be outside the regular course of the seller’s
business (Order of State Board of Tax Review, Martin Development Corporation,
Docket No. 136, December 1, 1976, incorporating by reference Order of Department
of Revenue Hearing Officer in Docket No. 75–28–6A–A, July 9,
1976). See subrule 18.28(2) for an explanation of the casual sale exemption
applicable to the liquidation of a trade or business.
If either of the conditions above are lacking, no casual sale
occurs. Moreover, prior to July 1, 1985, the casual sale exemption was limited
to sales of tangible personal property, and casual enumerated taxable services
did not qualify for the exemption. KTVO, Inc. v. Bair, Equity No. 385 Linn
County District Court, September 5, 1975.
For the purposes of this subrule, the word
“aircraft” refers to any contrivance now known or hereafter
invented, which is designed or used for navigation of or flight in the air, for
the purpose of transporting persons, property, or both or for crop dusting,
aerial surveillance, recreational flying, or for providing some other service.
By way of nonexclusive example, balloons, gliders, helicopters, and “ultra
lights” are aircraft. Also included within the meaning of the word
“aircraft” is any craft registered under Iowa Code
section 328.20 or any successor statute thereto.
Sales of capital assets such as equipment, machinery, and
furnishings which are not sold as inventory shall be deemed outside the regular
course of business (including sales of capital assets during a
retailer’s liquidation) and the casual sales exemption shall apply as
long as such sales are nonrecurring. This will include transactions exempted
from state and federal income tax under Section 351 of the Internal Revenue
Code.
Two separate selling events outside the regular course of
business within a 12–month period shall be considered nonrecurring. Three
such separate selling events within a 12–month period shall be considered
as recurring. Tax shall only apply commencing with the third separate selling
event. However, in the event that a sale event occurs consistently over a span
of years, such sale is recurring and not casual, even though only one sales
event occurs each year. Des Moines Police Department v. Bair, Equity No.
CE3–1591, Polk County District Court, November 1, 1976.
EXAMPLE: Corporation A sells the company
copy machine at retail to B. At the time of this sale, Corporation A is engaged
in the business for profit of selling clothes at retail. Assuming that the sale
of the copy machine constitutes a sale of a nonrecurring nature, there is a
casual sale because the sale is outside the regular course of Corporation
A’s business.
EXAMPLE: Corporation C is engaged in the
business of lending money secured by collateral. In the course of such
business, Corporation C must repossess some collateral and sell it at retail for
purposes of payment of loans. Such sales recur from time to time.
Notwithstanding that Corporation C is presumably not engaged in the business of
selling tangible goods or services for a profit, since the sales are recurring,
there is no casual sale. S & M Finance Co., Fort Dodge v. Iowa State Tax
Commission, 1968, Iowa 162 N.W.2d 505.
EXAMPLE: F, a farmer, does not sell
tangible personal property at retail or engage in the performance of any
taxable services. F liquidates the farming business and hires a professional
auctioneer to auction off many items of tangible personal property. Assuming
this liquidation event is casual, all items sold by the auctioneer at retail are
casual sales notwithstanding that many different sales to numerous different
buyers may occur. See rule 18.8(422).
EXAMPLE: H, an insurance agency, holds a
semiannual event to sell its used office furniture. Even though H does not
regularly sell tangible personal property at retail, the casual sale exemption
does not apply because the selling events are recurring. Des Moines Police
Department v. Bair, Equity No. CE3–1591, Polk County District Court,
November 1, 1976.
EXAMPLE: I, a corporation, has one sales
event every year whereby it auctions off capital assets which it has no use for
or desires to replace. This event has been a planned function of I and is
conducted regularly and consistently over a span of years. Even though this
sale event occurs only once a year, it is of a recurring nature because of the
pattern of repetitiveness present and, therefore, the casual sale exemption
would not apply, regardless of the number of items sold at such sale event each
year.
EXAMPLE: J, a corporation engaged in the
sale for resale of tangible personal property, sells three capital assets used
in J’s trade or business consisting of a copy machine, a desk, and a
computer. Each sale is made to different buyers and is unrelated to the other
sales. The three sales occur in January, June, and October of the same year.
The sale made in October consists of a desk. J has not established a pattern of
recurring sales of capital assets prior to aforementioned sales of capital
assets. Under these circumstances, the sale of the desk is not a casual sale,
but the sales of the copy machine and the computer are casual and
exempt.
EXAMPLE: K, a
corporation, is primarily engaged in the business of road construction. From
time to time, it sells used capital assets and scrap materials reclaimed from
its road construction work to individuals and businesses. It does not advertise
itself as a retailer of these assets and materials but sells them as a matter of
courtesy to persons who cannot purchase them elsewhere. After 42 years of
operation, it decides to liquidate. Pursuant to that decision, K employs two
auctioneers to sell its capital assets and ceases operation after its assets are
sold. K had only one capital asset sale during the 12 months immediately
preceding each liquidation auction sale. The auction sales are exempt casual
sales under this subrule (1) because they are nonrecurring, and (2) because K is
not a retailer of the capital assets sold during its liquidation. See Holland
Bros. Construction Co., Inc. v. Iowa State Board of Tax Review, 611 N.W.2d 495
(Iowa 2000).
EXAMPLE: K L, a
sole proprietorship, engaged in selling automobile parts at retail,
incorporated. The assets of K L are sold to the new
corporation in exchange for stock and the new corporation now engages in selling
automobile parts at retail. The casual sale exemption would apply, but only
because of the exemption set out in subrule 18.28(2) infra, since the transfer
involves a liquidation of L’s business and the sale of L’s inventory
to another person (the corporation) which will continue to engage in a similar
trade or business.
Above The above examples are
not the only ones pertaining to the questions of whether a casual sale did or
did not occur. However, because of the myriad of factual situations which can
and do exist, it is not possible to formulate more detailed rules on this
subject matter.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 18.28(2) as
follows:
18.28(2) Special rules for casual sales involving the
liquidation of a trade or business. When retailers sell all or substantially
all of the tangible personal property held or used in the course of the trade or
business for which retailers are required to hold a sales tax permit, the casual
sale exemption will apply to exempt those sales only when the following
circumstances exist: (1) the trade or business must be transferred to another
person, and (2) the transferee must engage in a similar trade or business. The
trade or business transferred refers to the place where the business is located
since each taxable retail business must have a sales tax permit at each
location. For purposes of this casual sale circumstance, it is irrelevant
whether the retailer actually has a sales tax permit or not; rather, the
relevant circumstance is that the retailer was required to have a sales tax
permit. The exemption contained in this subrule is the only casual sale
exemption applicable to the liquidation of a trade or business. See
1986 OAG 86–6–1 and In Re Hubs Repair Shop, Inc. 28 B.R. 858
(1983) Holland Bros. Construction Co., Inc. v. Iowa State Board of
Tax Review, 611 N.W.2d 495 (Iowa 2000). One effect of this is that a
retailer who is closing as opposed to transferring a business and is selling
inventory in the process of this closing is not entitled to claim the casual
sale exemption under this subrule, but see subrule 18.28(1), and the resale
exemption is always potentially applicable to sales of inventory. See the
examples below for further explanation.
EXAMPLE: L, a hardware store, desires to
liquidate the business. L had been selling tangible personal property at
retail and was required to have an Iowa retail sales tax permit. L hires a
professional auctioneer and all items of inventory, equipment, and fixtures are
sold to various purchasers. These items consist of all or substantially all of
the tangible personal property held or used by L in the course of the business
for which a sales tax permit was required to be held. L, however, does not
transfer the trade or business to anyone else. Under these circumstances, the
casual sales exemption does not apply to the sale of the inventory, but see
subrule 18.28(1) for criteria which determine whether the casual sales exemption
applies to the equipment and fixtures.
EXAMPLE: The facts are
the same as those in the previous example, except that L is liquidating its
business because it attempted to build a new store and its entire inventory was
destroyed by fire while in storage. An auctioneer sells L’s equipment and
trade fixtures to various purchasers. The auctioneer’s sale of the
equipment and trade fixtures is an exempt casual sale of the type described in
subrule 18.28(1) because (1) it is nonrecurring, and (2) it is outside the usual
course of L’s business. See Holland Bros. Construction Co., Inc.,
supra.
EXAMPLE: M, a sole proprietorship,
incorporated. The assets of M are sold to the new corporation for stock. The
new corporation engaged in a similar business. The casual sale exemption would
apply.
EXAMPLE: N, an oil company, sells all or
substantially all of the tangible personal property of ten company–owned
service stations which were held or used in the course of its business, for
which N was required to hold a sales tax permit, by bulk sales or otherwise.
The sales were made to O, P, and Q and occurred at different times during the
same year, each sale being unrelated. N was required to have a sales tax permit
for each service station. N transferred its trade or business (each service
station) to O, P, and Q, each of whom will engage in the same business N did,
i.e., operation of service stations. Even though under these circumstances, the
sales by N are recurring, the casual sales exemption would apply since each
trade or business was transferred to another person who did engage in a similar
trade or business.
EXAMPLE: R, an operator of a restaurant,
auctions off to various purchasers who are not engaged in the restaurant
business all or substantially all of the tangible personal property held or used
in the business for which R was required to hold a retail sales tax permit. R
transfers the trade or business to S who then operates a restaurant at the same
location R did. Even if S did not purchase any of the tangible personal
property, under these circumstances, the casual sales exemption applies. The
tangible personal property held or used in the trade or business need not be
sold to the same person to whom the trade or business is sold for the exemption
to apply.
EXAMPLE: T, a restaurant, sells all of
its tangible personal property held or used in the course of its business for
which it was required to hold a sales tax permit to U. T also sells its trade
or business to U. U engages in the business of operation of a dance hall and
does not continue to operate the restaurant. The This
subrule’s casual sales exemption will not apply, but see subrule
18.28(1) for the criteria of a casual sale exemption which could
apply.
The above examples are not the only ones pertaining to the
questions of whether a casual sale did or did not occur. However, because of
the myriad of factual situations which can and do exist, it is not possible to
formulate more detailed rules on this subject matter.
FILED EMERGENCY
ARC 0262B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the
Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 16, “Prescribing,
Administering, and Dispensing Drugs,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment waives the requirement for a dentist to conduct
a dental examination of patients who receive fluoride dispensed under protocols
of the Dental Health Bureau of the Iowa Department of Public Health.
In compliance with Iowa Code subsection 17A.4(2), the Board
finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary in that the amendment
is noncontroversial and has been supported unanimously by interested parties.
The amendment is necessary in order to facilitate the fluoride dispensing
program of the Dental Health Bureau.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code subparagraph
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of this amendment
should be waived and the amendment should become effective immediately upon
filing on October 23, 2000. This amendment confers a benefit to the public and
to persons regulated by the Board by enabling children to receive fluoride
dispensed under protocols of the Dental Health Bureau.
This amendment is also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as Item 2 in ARC 0259B to allow for public
comment.
This amendment was approved at the October 19, 2000, regular
meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section
153.20.
This amendment became effective October 23, 2000.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 16.2(2) as follows:
16.2(2) A dental examination must be conducted and a
medical history taken before a dentist initially prescribes, administers, or
dispenses medication to a patient, except for patients who receive fluoride
dispensed under protocols ap–proved by the dental health bureau of the
department of public health. The examination must focus on the
patient’s dental problems, and the resulting diagnosis must relate to the
patient’s specific complaint. The patient’s dental record must
contain written evidence of the examination and medical history.
[Filed Emergency 10/23/00, effective 10/23/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0269B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby rescinds Chapter 20,
“Accelerated Career Education (ACE) Program,” and adopts a new
Chapter 20, “Accelerated Career Education (ACE) Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The new rules implement the Accelerated Career Education (ACE)
Program as authorized by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225. The rules establish
guidelines, application procedures, and evaluation criteria for the capital
costs and program job credits components of the ACE program.
These rules were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on September 6, 2000, as ARC
0122B. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the September 6, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
0121B.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments was held on September 26, 2000. No comments were offered at the
public hearing, but written comments were submitted by the Department of Revenue
and Finance (DRF) and the community colleges.
DRF expressed concern about the retroactive allocation of job
credits. It was not IDED’s or the community colleges’ intent that
there be any allocation of credits that would result in an allocation prior to
the date of an executed agreement. The references to retroactive allocation in
the rules were an attempt to address the issue which is expected to arise from
time to time when a program must begin for a semester of the academic year but
credits have yet to be allocated by IDED even though the program agreement has
been approved by the college and IDED. In that situation, the allocation when
made would be retroactive, but it would not be retroactive to a date prior to
the execution of the program agreement. In order to clarify the rules on this
issue, one change was made to the proposed rules based on DRF’s
comments:
• In paragraph
20.15(1)“a,” the following sentence was added: “No costs
incurred prior to the date of a program agreement between a college and an
employer may be reimbursed or eligible for program job credits.”
As a result of the colleges’ comments, the following
changes were made to the proposed rules:
• In subrule 20.3(3), the
following sentence was removed: “The department will review the ACE
program designation to ensure compliance with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G
as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2439.”
• New subrule 20.3(4) was
added and reads as follows:
“20.3(4) The department will review ACE programs
for issues of quality in accordance with rule 20.16(260G).”
• In rule
261—20.7(260G), the following sentence was added: “The department
may deny the allocation of program job credits to any program which fails to
comply with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1196, and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225.”
• In subrule 20.14(1), the
following paragraph was removed: “Agreements for the first $80,000 in job
credits will be reviewed by the department to determine if the project meets
eligibility requirements for the program prior to allocation of the job credit.
For any job credits awarded above the $80,000 base allocation, a review of the
quality of the project will be performed as described in rule 20.16(260G). Job
credits will not be considered allocated until eligibility and quality criteria
have been met.”
• Rule 261—20.16(260G)
was not adopted as proposed. It was revised entirely and new subrules 20.16(1)
and 20.16(2) were adopted as follows:
20.16(1) Agreements submitted for funding shall be in draft
form and shall include an evaluation summary to assist the department in
gathering information for making study recommendations required by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1196, section 5, and to provide program quality within each merged
area program. Quality issues shall be reviewed and rated by the department
based upon the following evaluation criteria within each merged area:
a.
|
Wage level assessment (1 to 5 points).
|
|
1 point
|
Statutory minimum wage level (see rule 261—20.13(260G),
numbered paragraph “1”).
|
|
2 points
|
Statutory minimum plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
|
3 points
|
Above plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
|
4 points
|
Above plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
|
5 points
|
Above plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
b.
|
Skill profile (3 or 6 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Meets statutory definition of “highly skilled job”
(see rule 261—20.2(260G)).
|
|
6 points
|
Above plus serves targeted industries as designated by the
department (see subrule 20.3(2)).
|
c.
|
Educational profile (1 or 2 points).
|
|
2 points
|
Credit career, vocational or technical educational program
(see paragraph 20.3(1)“a”).
|
|
1 point
|
Credit–equivalent career, vocational or technical
educational program consisting of not less than 540 contact hours (see
paragraph 20.3(1)“b”).
|
d.
|
Program job demand (0 or 3 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Program jobs are in demand within the merged area, region or
company.
|
e.
|
Availability of program services (0 or 3 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Adequate resources and curriculum necessary to implement the
program.
|
f.
|
Marketing plan (0 or 3 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Adequate marketing plan to recruit students for program jobs
involving entities including but not limited to business, labor, and community
college.
|
- g.
|
- Merged area stakeholders support (0 or 1
point).
|
|
1 point
|
Agreement demonstrates substantial area stakeholder support
for the program via letters or other supporting information.
|
h.
|
Level of employer contributions (3 to 5 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Not less than 20 percent of program costs.
|
|
4 points
|
Not less than 22 percent of program costs.
|
|
5 points
|
Not less than 24 percent of program costs.
|
Agreements must receive a rating by the college and by the
department of at least 18 points out of 28 total possible points to receive tax
credits.
20.16(2) Each agreement will be submitted to the department
in draft form at least 20 days before it is presented to the community college
board for final approval. Within 20 days the department may approve without
comment or append its statement of disapproval if it does not agree that the
agreement merits at least 18 points out of 28 points.
The Department finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), that the normal effective date of the rules, 35 days
after publication, should be waived and the rules be made effective on October
23, 2000. These rules confer a benefit on the public by ensuring that eligible
applicants have access to ACE Program resources for the 2000 school year and
clarifying the terms of program administration as agreed to by the Department
and community colleges.
The IDED Board adopted these rules on October 19,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1225.
These rules became effective on October 23, 2000, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby rescinded.
The following chapter is adopted.
Rescind 261—Chapter 20 and adopt in lieu thereof the
following new chapter:
CHAPTER 20
ACCELERATED CAREER EDUCATION (ACE)
PROGRAM
DIVISION I
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
261—20.1(260G) Purpose. The ACE program has
three parts: the capital costs component, the program job credits component,
and the accelerated career education grants program. The Iowa department of
economic development administers the first two components. The college student
aid commission administers the career education grants portion of the ACE
program as described in the commission’s administrative rules. The goal
of the ACE program is to provide an enhanced skilled workforce in
Iowa.
261—20.2(260G) Definitions.
“Accelerated career education program” or
“ACE” means the program established pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196.
“Agreement” means a program agreement referred to
in Iowa Code Supplement section 260G.3 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1196, between an employer and a community college.
“Allotment” means the distribution of job credits
based upon need as determined by the community colleges.
“Community college” means a community college
established under Iowa Code chapter 260C or a consortium of two or more
community colleges.
“Employee” means a person employed in a program
job.
“Employer” means a business or consortium of
businesses engaged in interstate or intrastate commerce for the purposes of
manufacturing, processing or assembling products; construction; conducting
research and development; or providing services in interstate or intrastate
commerce, but excluding retail services.
“Highly skilled job” means a job with a broadly
based, high–performance skill profile including advanced computation and
communication skills, technology skills and workplace behavior skills, and for
which an applied technical education is required.
“IDED” or “department” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“IDED board” means the Iowa economic development
board authorized under Iowa Code section 15.103.
“Participant” means an individual who is enrolled
in an accelerated career education program at a community college.
“Participant position” means the individual
student enrollment position available in an accelerated career education
program.
“Program capital cost” means classroom and
laboratory renovation, new classroom and laboratory construction, site
acquisition or preparation.
“Program job” means a highly skilled job available
from an employer pursuant to a program agreement.
“Program job credit” means a credit that an
employer may claim against all withholding taxes due in an amount up to 10
percent of the gross program job wage of a program job position as authorized in
an agreement between a community college and an employer.
“Program job position” means a job position which
is planned or available for an employee by the employer pursuant to a program
agreement.
“Program operating costs” means all necessary and
incidental costs of providing program services.
“Program services” means services that include all
of the following provided they are pursuant to a program agreement: program
needs assessment and development, job task analysis, curriculum development and
revision, instruction, instructional materials and supplies, computer software
and upgrades, instructional support, administrative and student services,
related school to career training programs, skill or career interest assessment
services and testing and contracted services.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repair of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development and recreation trails.
Vertical infrastructure does not include equipment; routine, recurring
maintenance or operational expenses; or leasing of a building, appurtenant
structure, or utility without a lease–purchase agreement.
261—20.3(260G) ACE program eligibility and
designation.
20.3(1) In order to receive financial assistance under
the capital projects program, tax credits from withholding under the program job
credits component or financial assistance through the college student aid
commission’s accelerated career education grants program, a program must
be designated by a community college as an eligible ACE program. All programs
must demonstrate increased capacity to enroll additional students. To be
eligible, a program must be either:
a. A credit career, vocational, or technical education program
resulting in the conferring of a certificate, diploma, associate of science
degree, or associate of applied science degree; or
b. A credit–equivalent career, vocational, or technical
education program consisting of not less than 540 contact hours of classroom and
laboratory instruction and resulting in the conferring of a certificate or other
recognized,competency–based credential.
20.3(2) By resolution of a community college board of
directors, an eligible program may be approved and designated as an ACE program.
The respective community college board(s) of directors shall ensure compliance
with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1196, and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225. In designating ACE programs, the
respective community college board(s) shall give priority to targeted industries
as designated by the department.
20.3(3) A copy of the designated ACE program shall be
submitted to the department. The department will maintain a record of all
approved ACE programs.
20.3(4) The department will review ACE programs for
issues of quality in accordance with rule 261—20.16(260G).
261—20.4(260G) Funding allocation.
20.4(1) Base allocation.
a. Funds for ACE program job credits and capital costs
projects shall be allocated among the community colleges in the state for the
fiscal years and in the amounts specified in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapters 1196 and
1225, and these rules.
b. Community colleges shall submit program agreements to
access allotted funds. The program agreement shall document the findings of the
community college that all ACE eligibility requirements have been met.
20.4(2) Alternate allotment. If a community college
fails to commit any of its allotment by April 1 of the fiscal year, the funds
for that community college will be allocated to other community colleges based
upon need as described in these rules. Program job credits are considered to be
committed if there is a signed program agreement in place or if there is a
statement of intent in place that states that a signed program agreement will be
in place by May 1 of the fiscal year.
261—20.5(260G) Eligible and ineligible
business.
20.5(1) Eligible business. An eligible business is a
business engaged in interstate or intrastate commerce for the purpose of
manufacturing, processing, or assembling products; construction; conducting
research and development; or providing services in interstate or intrastate
commerce.
20.5(2) Ineligible business. A business engaged in
retail services is ineligible to receive ACE program assistance.
261—20.6(260G) Program agreements.
20.6(1) Program agreements will be developed by an
employer, a community college and any employee of an employer representing a
program job. The development of the agreements may be facilitated by an entity
representing a group of employers. Any community college that has an employer
from its merged area involved in an ACE project must enter into the agreement.
If a bargaining unit is in place with the employer pledging the jobs, a
representative of the bargaining unit shall take part in the development of the
program agreement. All participating parties must sign the program agreement.
The agreement must include employer certification of contributions that are made
toward the program costs.
20.6(2) A program agreement shall include, at a
minimum, the following terms: match provided by the employer; tuition, student
fees, or special charges fixed by the community college board of directors;
guarantee of employer payments; type and amount of funding sources that will be
used to pay for program costs; description of program services and
implementation schedule; the term of the agreement, not to exceed five years;
the employer’s agreement to interview graduates for full–time
positions and provide hiring preference; for employers with more than four
sponsored participants, certification that a job offer will be made to at least
25 percent of those participants that complete the program; an agreement by the
employer to provide a wage level of no less than 200 percent of the federal
poverty guideline for a family of two; a provision that the employer does not
have to fulfill the job offer requirement if the employer experiences an
economic downturn; a provision that the participants will agree to interview
with the employer following completion of the program; and default
procedures.
20.6(3) Projects that cross community college
boundaries, or projects that involve employers from multiple community college
areas, must be conducted pursuant to an agreement or agreements with each
college.
261—20.7(260G) Administration. The department
will administer the statewide allocations and will consult with representatives
of the community colleges to promulgate necessary forms and collect necessary
information. The department will monitor program agreements for the purposes of
preparing a study of the needs and performance of approved programs for
submission to the general assembly by the department by December 31, 2002. The
department may deny the allocation of program job credits to any program which
fails to comply with Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1196, and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1225.
261—20.8(260G) Customer tracking system.
Participants in the ACE program shall be included in the customer tracking
system implemented by Iowa workforce development. In order to achieve this,
social security numbers of all ACE program trainees will be required.
261—20.9(260G) Program costs recalculation.
Program costs shall be calculated or recalculated on an annual basis based on
the required program services for a specific number of participants. Agreement
updates reflecting this recalculation must be submitted to IDED annually to
review compliance with program parameters.
DIVISION II
CAPITAL
COSTS COMPONENT
261—20.10(260G) Threshold requirements. To be
considered for funding, the following threshold requirements shall be
met:
1. The agreement must provide for pledged program positions
paying at least 200 percent of the poverty level for a family of two. If the
wage designated is to become effective after a training or probationary period,
the employer must document that there is a plan in place regarding time frames
for transition to the permanent full–time wage, and the employer must
provide documentation that these time frames are reasonable and that the
employer has previously adhered to the time schedule.
2. The agreement must demonstrate that the program meets the
definition of an eligible ACE program.
3. The agreement must demonstrate that the project builds the
capacity of the community college to train additional students for available
jobs.
4. The agreement must establish a 20 percent employer cash or
in–kind match for program operating funds.
5. The agreement shall describe how the project enhances
geographic diversity of project offerings across the state.
6. The agreement must document that other private or public
sources of funds are maximized prior to ACE program capital cost
funding.
7. ACE program capital cost projects must enhance the
geographic diversity of state investment in Iowa. The IDED board will
continuously review projects to ensure that there is statewide impact. The IDED
board will prioritize projects to ensure geographic diversity.
8. Funds shall be used only for ACE program capital costs for
projects that meet the definition of vertical infrastructure. Building repair,
renovation and construction for purposes of ACE program equipment installation
shall be allowed.
261—20.11(260G) Application
procedures.
20.11(1) Final application. Applicants shall submit a
final agreement to IDED to request capital funds.
20.11(2) Staff review and recommendation. A committee
of IDED staff will review and rate applications based upon the rating criteria
stated in 261—20.12(260G). Based upon this review, a decision will be
made regarding submittal of the application to the IDED board for
action.
20.11(3) IDED board action. The IDED board will
review ACE program capital costs projects meeting the requirements prescribed in
these rules. A program agreement, which is approved by the community college
board of directors, serves as the final application. Approval or denial of
submitted applications that are complete and in final form shall be made no
later than 60 days following receipt of the application by the department.
Subsequent to board approval, an award letter will be sent. The award letter
will be followed by a contract. After a signed contract is in place, funding
for a project may be requested.
261—20.12(260G) Evaluation criteria for competitive
awards—capital costs projects. Applications and accompanying program
agreements meeting all ACE eligibility requirements will be prioritized and
rated using the following point criteria:
1. The degree to which the applicant adequately demonstrates a
lack of existing public or private infrastructure for development of the
partnership. There must be a demonstration that the project will build capacity
in order for the project to be considered. Capacity will be measured in terms
of jobs that are pledged, students that are interested in the program area and
the capacity that is built at the community college to undertake the
programming. Up to 33 points will be awarded.
2. Demonstration that the jobs that would result from the
partnership would include wages, benefits and other attri–butes that would
improve the quality of employment within the region. Projects where the average
wage for the pledged jobs exceeds the regional or county average wage, whichever
is lower for the location where the training is to be provided, will be awarded
points based upon the percentage that the average wage of the pledged jobs
exceeds the applicable average wage. Up to 33 points will be awarded.
3. Evidence of local, public or private contributions that
meet the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement chapter 260G as amended by 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1196. Projects will be rated based upon the percentage of
match that is pledged to the ACE program capital cost for the project. Up to 34
points will be awarded.
Applications that do not receive at least 66 out of 100 points
will not be forwarded to the IDED board for review. Projects will be competing
against each other for IDED board approval, and the number of points that a
project receives will be considered in the award process.
DIVISION III
PROGRAM JOB
CREDITS
261—20.13(260G) Threshold requirements—program
job credits. To be eligible to receive program job credits, the following
threshold requirements shall be met:
1. The agreement must provide for pledged program positions
paying at least 200 percent of the poverty level for a family of two. If the
wage designated is to become effective after a training or probationary period,
the employer must document that there is a plan in place regarding time frames
for transition to the permanent full–time wage, and the employer must
provide documentation that these time frames are reasonable and that the
employer has previously adhered to the time schedule.
2. The agreement must provide that the program meets the
definition of an eligible ACE program.
3. The agreement must establish a 20 percent employer cash or
in–kind match for program operating funds.
4. The agreement shall describe how the project enhances
geographic diversity of project offerings across the state.
5. The executed agreement or a statement of intent must be
submitted within the time periods described in these rules in order to establish
a commitment of program job credits by the community college.
261—20.14(260G) Job credits
allocation.
20.14(1) The department shall allot the total amount
of program job credits authorized and available for the fiscal year to each
community college based upon need ratios as follows:
|
Merged Area
|
Need Based Proportionate Allotment Minimum $80,000 to
Each Community College
|
I.
|
Northeast Iowa Community College
|
|
4.63%
|
II.
|
North Iowa Area Community College
|
|
4.63%
|
III.
|
Iowa Lakes Community College
|
|
2.67%
|
IV.
|
Northwest Iowa Community College
|
|
2.67%
|
V.
|
Iowa Central Community College
|
|
4.64%
|
VI.
|
Iowa Valley Community College District
|
|
4.38%
|
VII.
|
Hawkeye Community College
|
|
6.62%
|
IX.
|
Eastern Iowa Community College District
|
|
8.68%
|
X.
|
Kirkwood Community College
|
|
17.00%
|
XI.
|
Des Moines Area Community College
|
|
19.00%
|
XII.
|
Western Iowa Tech Community College
|
|
5.13%
|
XIII.
|
Iowa Western Community College
|
|
6.51%
|
XIV.
|
Southwestern Community College
|
|
2.67%
|
XV.
|
Indian Hills Community College
|
|
7.13%
|
XVI.
|
Southeastern Community College
|
|
3.64%
|
|
|
|
100.00%
|
20.14(2) For purposes of allotment, the foregoing
ratios shall be applied to commitments made by community colleges pursuant to
three cycle periods during the fiscal year, beginning on the following cycle
dates: August 1, December 1, and May 1.
20.14(3) A commitment for a cycle period is
established by filing a copy of an executed agreement or a statement of intent
with the department not later than ten days prior to the next cycle date. Each
community college may commit all or a portion of its proportionate allotment
during each cycle period. Any amount uncommitted as of the cycle date shall be
reported in the statement of intent and will carry over to the next cycle period
and be reallotted by the department to the other community colleges based upon
the same proportionate allotment ratios set out in subrule 20.14(1).
20.14(4) Notwithstanding subrule 20.14(3), it is
recognized that 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, section 5, requires that any
portion of an allocation to a community college uncommitted on April 1 of a
fiscal year may be available for use by other community colleges. As of April
1, each college shall have either an agreement or a statement of intent
indicating that the college will enter into an agreement by May 1 to retain the
college’s current fiscal year allotment. Any job credit allotments that
do not have accompanying agreements as of the May 1 cycle date will be available
for proportional reallotment to other community colleges with signed agreements
that have not received all of the tax credits that are needed under the
agreement.
20.14(5) Beginning with the May 1 cycle, the
department will accept program agreements or statements of intent for the first
cycle of the following fiscal year’s tax credit allotment. For the fiscal
year beginning July 1, 2002, proportionate allocation ratios as described in
subrule 20.14(1) will be reviewed and examined for possible modification based
upon need in the respective merged areas throughout the state. Such review
shall take place immediately following the August 1, 2001, cycle period
allocation of credits.
20.14(6) The department shall calculate and report to
each community college the number of job credits available for distribution each
cycle period during the fiscal year based upon the proportionate allocation
ratios set out in subrule 20.14(1) and subrule 20.14(4). Ratios in subrule
20.14(1) will be updated every two years beginning July 1, 2002.
20.14(7) So long as job credits are available for a
cycle period, if an agreement provides for a two–year student program, the
commitment shall be deemed to include the full amount of credits necessary to
fund the entire two–year program and the duration of the agreement even
though allocations for more than one fiscal year may be required.
20.14(8) Allocation credits, once received, may be
retroactively applied to eligible programs during the fiscal year so long as the
amount to be received does not exceed the proportionate allocation for each
cycle period.
261—20.15(260G) Determination of job credits,
notice, and certification.
20.15(1) Determination of job credit amounts. If a
program provides that part of the program costs are to be met by receipt of
program job credits, the method to be used shall be as follows:
a. Program job credits shall be based upon the program job
positions identified and agreed to in the agreement. No costs incurred prior to
the date of a program agreement between a college and an employer may be
reimbursed or eligible for program job credits.
b. Eligibility for program job credits shall be based on
certification of program job positions and program job wages by the employer at
the time established in the agreement.
c. An amount up to 10 percent of the gross program job wages
as certified by the employer in the agreement shall be credited from the total
payment made by an employer pursuant to Iowa Code section 422.16.
d. The employer shall remit the amount of the credit
quarterly, in the same manner as withholding payments are reported to the
department of revenue and finance, to the community college to be allocated to
and, when collected, paid into a special fund of the community college to pay,
in part, the program costs.
e. When the program costs have been paid, the employer credits
shall cease and any moneys received after the program costs have been paid shall
be remitted to the treasurer of state to be deposited in the general fund of the
state.
20.15(2) Notice to revenue and finance department.
The employer shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that the
program job credit is in accordance with the agreement and shall provide other
information the department may require.
20.15(3) Certification of amount of job credits. A
community college shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that
the amount of the program job credits is in accordance with an agreement and
shall provide other information the department may require.
261—20.16(260G) Evaluation criteria for
qualityassurance—program job credits.
20.16(1) Agreements submitted for funding shall be in
draft form and shall include an evaluation summary to assist the department in
gathering information for making study recommendations required by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1196, section 5, and to provide program quality within each merged
area program. Quality issues shall be reviewed and rated by the department
based upon the following evaluation criteria within each merged area:
a.
|
Wage level assessment (1 to 5 points).
|
|
1 point
|
Statutory minimum wage level (see rule 261—20.13(260G),
numbered paragraph “1”).
|
|
2 points
|
Statutory minimum plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
|
3 points
|
Above plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
|
4 points
|
Above plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
|
5 points
|
Above plus additional $2,500 per annum.
|
b.
|
Skill profile (3 or 6 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Meets statutory definition of “highly skilled job”
(see rule 261—20.2(260G)).
|
|
6 points
|
Above plus serves targeted industries as designated by the
department (see subrule 20.3(2)).
|
c.
|
Educational profile (1 or 2 points).
|
|
2 points
|
Credit career, vocational or technical educational program
(see paragraph 20.3(1)“a”).
|
|
1 point
|
Credit–equivalent career, vocational or technical
educational program consisting of not less than 540 contact hours (see
paragraph 20.3(1)“b”).
|
d.
|
Program job demand (0 or 3 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Program jobs are in demand within the merged area, region or
company.
|
e.
|
Availability of program services (0 or 3 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Adequate resources and curriculum necessary to implement the
program.
|
f.
|
Marketing plan (0 or 3 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Adequate marketing plan to recruit students for program jobs
involving entities including but not limited to business, labor, and community
college.
|
- g.
|
- Merged area stakeholders support (0 or 1
point).
|
|
1 point
|
Agreement demonstrates substantial area stakeholder support
for the program via letters or other supporting information.
|
h.
|
Level of employer contributions (3 to 5 points).
|
|
3 points
|
Not less than 20 percent of program costs.
|
|
4 points
|
Not less than 22 percent of program costs.
|
|
5 points
|
Not less than 24 percent of program costs.
|
Agreements must receive a rating by the college and by the
department of at least 18 points out of 28 total possible points to receive tax
credits.
20.16(2) Each agreement will be submitted to the
department in draft form at least 20 days before it is presented to the
community college board for final approval. Within 20 days the department may
approve without comment or append its statement of disapproval if it does not
agree that the agreement merits at least 18 points out of 28 points.
261—20.17(260G) Committed funds. The department
shall maintain an annual record of the proposed program job credits under each
agreement for each cycle of each fiscal year. When the total available program
job credits have been allocated for a fiscal year, the department shall inform
all community colleges that the maximum amount has been allocated and that
further program job credits will not be available for the remainder of the
fiscal year. If any committed credits become uncommitted after the
above–mentioned notice has been issued, the department will inform all
community colleges that some job credits are again available and applications
will be accepted for those job credits until they are again committed.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
chapter 260G as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1196, and 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1225.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 10/23/00, effective
10/23/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0288B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed Emergency
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 21,
“Behind–the–Wheel Driving Instructor Authorization,”
Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments remove the requirement for a current Iowa
teacher or administrator license authorizing service at the elementary or
secondary levels and substitute in lieu thereof new qualifications.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Board finds
that notice and public participation are unnecessary and contrary to the public
interest. The amendments remove the requirement for the applicant to hold a
teacher or administrative license and thus provide greater options for
individuals to secure the authorization and provide services in local school
districts.
In compliance with Iowa Code section
17A.5(2)“b”(2), the Board finds that these amendments confer a
benefit and remove a restriction on the public, such that the normal effective
date of the amendments should be waived and the amendments should be made
effective upon publication on November 15, 2000.
These amendments are also published herein under Notice of
Intended Action as ARC 0287B to allow for public comment. This emergency
filing permits the Board to implement the new provisions of the law.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272 and Iowa Code Supplement section 321.178.
These amendments became effective November 15, 2000.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend 282—Chapter 21 as follows:
CHAPTER 21
BEHIND–THE–WHEEL DRIVING
INSTRUCTOR AUTHORIZATION
282—21.1(78GA,SF203 272,321)
Requirements. Applicants for the behind–the–wheel driving
instructor authorization shall meet the following requirements.
21.1(1) Hold a current Iowa
teacher or administrator license which authorizes service at the elementary or
secondary level.
21.1(1) Qualifications. To qualify for the
behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization, the applicant
must:
a. Be at least 25 years of age.
b. Hold a valid Iowa driver’s license that permits
unaccompanied driving, other than a motorized bicycle license or a temporary
restricted license.
c. Have a clear driving record for the previous four years.
A clear driving record means that the individual has:
(1) Not been identified as a candidate for driver’s
license suspension under the habitual violator provisions of rule
761—615.13(321) or serious violation provisions of rule
761—615.17(321).
(2) No driver’s license suspensions, revocations,
denials, cancellations, disqualifications, or bars.
(3) Not committed an offense which results in
driver’s license suspension, revocation, denial, cancellation,
disqualification, or bar.
(4) No record of an accident for which the individual was
convicted of a motion traffic violation.
21.1(2) Successfully Approved
coursework. The applicant must successfully complete a
behind–the–wheel driving instructor course approved by the
department of transportation. At a minimum, classroom instruction shall include
at least 12 clock hours of observed behind–the–wheel instruction and
24 clock hours of classroom instruction to include psychology of the young
driver, behind–the–wheel teaching techniques, ethical teaching
practices, and route selection.
282—21.2(78GA,SF203 272,321)
Validity. The behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization
shall be valid for one calendar year, and it shall expire one year after issue
date. The fee for the issuance of the behind–the–wheel driving
instructor authorization shall be $10.
282—21.3(78GA,SF203 272,321)
Approval of courses. Each institution of higher education, private college
or university, community college or area education agency wishing to offer the
behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization must submit course
descriptions to the department of transportation for approval. After initial
approval, any changes by agencies or institutions in course offerings shall be
filed with the department of transportation and the board of educational
examiners.
282—21.4(78GA,SF203 272,321)
Application process. Any person interested in the
behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization shall submit
records of completion of a department of transportation–approved program
to the board of educational examiners for an evaluation of completion of
coursework, validity of teacher or administrator license, and
all other requirements.
Application materials are available from the board
ofeducational examiners, the department of transportationor from institutions or
agencies offering department oftransportation–approved courses.
282—21.5(78GA,SF203 272,321)
Renewal. The behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization
may be renewed upon application, $10 renewal fee and verification of successful
completion of:
21.5(1) Providing behind–the–wheel
instruction for a minimum of 12 clock hours during the previous school year;
and
21.5(2) Successful participation in at least one
department of transportation–sponsored or department of
transportation–approved behind–the–wheel instructor refresher
course.
282—21.6(78GA,SF203 272,321)
Revocation and suspension. Criteria of professional practice and rules of
the board of educational examiners shall be applicable to the holders of the
behind–the–wheel driving instructor authorization.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272
and Iowa Code Supplement section 321.178 as amended by 1999 Iowa
Acts, Senate File 203, section 11.
[Filed Emergency 10/27/00, effective 11/15/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0254B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5), the
State Board of Education hereby adopts a new Chapter 100, “Vision Iowa
School Infrastructure Program,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These rules establish the procedures for school districts to
apply for the Vision Iowa School Infrastructure Program grants and the criteria
that will be used to select grantees. These rules establish a uniform format
for applications and dates certain and ensure to the extent possible an unbiased
selection of grantees.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 23, 2000, as ARC 0076B.
Two public hearings were scheduled on September 12, 2000. No
persons attended the second hearing. Most comments supported the rules as
written or requested clarification. One individual provided comments related to
financing and to completion date variability. All public comments were
considered.
The following changes have been made to the Notice of Intended
Action. The definition of “innovative collaboration” in rule
281—100.2(78GA,ch1174) was changed to conform to the legislation. The
definition of “initiated” was clarified by adding the word
“unobligated”; the phrase now reads “to use accumulated,
unobligated funds.” Subrule 100.3(2)“g” was clarified on
advice of members of the task force to exclude early school starting date
waivers granted pursuant to Iowa Code section 279.10, subsection 4. The final
sentence in subrule 100.4(2), dealing with grant reader confidentiality, was not
adopted.
Pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)“b”(2), the
normal effective date of the rules, 35 days after publication, should be waived
and the rules be made effective upon filing on October 20, 2000. School
districts must implement the rules for applications for school infrastructure
grants whose application period begins on November 1, 2000.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1174, sections 26 to 28.
These rules became effective on October 20, 2000.
The following new chapter is adopted.
CHAPTER 100
VISION IOWA
SCHOOL INFRASTRUCTURE
PROGRAM
281—100.1(78GA,ch1174) Purpose. The purpose of
the vision Iowa school infrastructure program is to provide financing assistance
in the form of competitive grants to Iowa school districts with school
infrastructure needs.
281—100.2(78GA,ch1174) Definitions. For the
purpose of this chapter, the following definitions apply.
“Capacity per pupil” means the sum of a school
district’s property tax infrastructure capacity per pupil and the sales
tax capacity per pupil.
“Conditional approval” means the awarding of a
grant contingent upon the school district’s obtaining its local match if
the local match has not been obtained at the time of the application.
“Department” means the department of
education.
“Initiated” means that the board has taken formal
action by board resolution on or after July 1, 2000, to submit a referendum to
the voters; to use accumulated, unobligated funds; or to pursue other funding
sources for the project that is the subject of the application.
“Innovative collaboration” means an activity
jointly undertaken by the school district with one or more other school
districts which is new to the school district and which has been implemented by
no other or few other school districts.
“Local match percentage” means a percentage
equivalent to either of the following, whichever is less:
1. Fifty percent.
2. The quotient of a school district’s capacity per
pupil divided by the capacity per pupil of the school district at the fortieth
percentile, multiplied by 50 percent, except that the percentage in this
paragraph shall not be less than 20 percent. The school district with the
lowest capacity per pupil in the state shall be the school district with the
lowest percentile rank.
“Local match requirement” means the total
investment of a project multiplied by the school district’s local match
percentage. The source of the local match must be one or more of the
following:
1. The issuance of bonds pursuant to Iowa Code section
298.18.
2. Local option sales and services tax for school
infrastructure received pursuant to Iowa Code section 422E.3.
3. A physical plant and equipment levy pursuant to Iowa Code
chapter 298.
4. Other moneys locally obtained by the school district for
school infrastructure excluding other state or federal moneys.
“Program” means the school infrastructure program
established in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, section 27.
“Project” means a school infrastructure activity
of one school district, or the school district’s portion of a school
infrastructure activity in collaboration with one or more other public or
private entities, that is one of the following:
1. Construction of a separate facility for an attendance
center.
2. A grouping of school infrastructure activities at one or
more attendance centers.
“Property tax infrastructure capacity per pupil”
means the sum of a school district’s levies under Iowa Code sections 298.2
and 298.18 when the levies are imposed to the maximum extent allowable under law
in the budget year divided by the school district’s basic enrollment for
the budget year.
“Sales tax capacity per pupil” means the estimated
amount of revenues that a school district receives or would receive if a local
option sales and services tax for school infrastructure is imposed at 1 percent
pursuant to Iowa Code section 422E.2, divided by the school district’s
basic enrollment for the budget year. For the budget year beginning July 1,
2000, the school district’s actual enrollment shall be used in the
calculation in place of the school district’s basic enrollment for the
budget year.
“School budget review committee” means the
committee established under Iowa Code section 257.30.
“School infrastructure” means one or more of the
following activities initiated on or after July 1, 2000: purchasing, building,
furnishing, reconstructing, repairing, improving or remodeling a schoolhouse or
schoolhouses and additions to schoolhouses, gymnasium, field house, procuring a
site or sites therefor, or purchasing land to add to a site already owned.
“School infrastructure” does not include those activities related to
stadiums, bus barns, a home or homes of a teacher or superintendent, procuring
and improving a site for an athletic field, or improving a site already owned
for an athletic field.
“Statewide average sales and services tax capacity
perpupil” means the estimated sum of revenues that all school districts
receive or would receive if a local option sales and services tax for school
infrastructure is imposed at 1 percent pursuant to Iowa Code section 422E.2,
divided by the sum of the basic enrollments in all school districts for the
budget year. For the budget year beginning July 1, 2000, the actual enrollment
in all school districts shall be used in the calculation in place of the basic
enrollment in all school districts for the budget year.
281—100.3(78GA,ch1174) Application
process.
100.3(1) Application period. School districts may
submit applications for approval for financial assistance under the program
between 8 a.m. and 4:30 p.m. on working days during the following application
periods.
a. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000, applications
may be submitted to the department on or after November 1, 2000, and
hand–delivered or postmarked not later than March 1, 2001.
b. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001, and every
fiscal year thereafter in which funding is appropriated, applications may be
submitted to the department on or after July 1 and hand–delivered or
postmarked not later than October 31.
100.3(2) Application form. The department shall
provide an application form. The application form shall be made available to
Iowa public school districts at least 15 days prior to the beginning of the
application period. Each applicant school district shall use the form prepared
for this purpose and in the manner prescribed by the department. A school
district may submit only one application during an application period. The
application form shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following
information:
a. The total capital investment of the project. If the
project is in collaboration with other public or private entities, the total
capital investment for purposes of this program shall be limited to the school
district’s portion of the project. The school district shall include the
following information:
(1) Identification of the collaborating public or private
entities;
(2) Total cost of the collaborative project; and
(3) Total capital investment of the school district’s
portion of the project.
b. The amount, source, and percentage of money that the school
district will be providing for the project, which shall not include any other
state or federal funding. Only funds in the physical plant and equipment levy
fund or capital project funds can be used toward the local match requirement.
If the project is in collaboration with other public or private entities, the
state, federal, or private funds received by the other entities cannot be used
toward the local match requirement.
c. The infrastructure needs of the school district specific to
the project, especially the fire and health safety needs, including the extent
to which the project would allow the school district to meet its infrastructure
needs on a long–term basis. If the school district’s needs include
fire and health safety needs, the school district shall attach to its
application form a copy of the citation by the fire marshal for the safety
deficiency or evidence of consultation with the fire marshal related to the
safety deficiency.
d. The financial assistance needed by the school district
based upon the capacity per pupil. The capacity per pupil for each school
district will be calculated by the department, and this information will be made
available to the applicants.
e. Any previous efforts within the past five years, successful
or unsuccessful, by the school district to secure infrastructure funding from
federal, state, and local resources. If the previous effort includes a bond
issue or a voter–approved physical plant and equipment levy, the school
district shall include a copy of the ballot with the application. If the
previous effort includes a regular physical plant and equipment levy, the school
district shall include a statement to that effect.
f. Evidence that the school district meets or will meet the
local match requirement. The local match requirement for each school district
will be calculated by the department, and this information will be made
available to the applicants. The local match requirement shall be met not later
than nine months from the date of notification of conditional approval from the
department. The local match for any other grant program shall not be the same
money used as the local match for this grant program.
g. A description of the nature of the project and its
relationship to improving educational opportunities for students including the
school district’s ability to meet or exceed the educational standards and
a list of waivers applied for and granted to the school district excluding early
school starting date waivers granted under Iowa Code section 279.10, subsection
4.
h. Evidence that the school district receives local option
sales and services tax for school infrastructure under Iowa Code chapter 422E or
local option sales and services tax under Iowa Code chapter 422B.
i. A statement identifying the final year of the bonded
indebtedness or the final year of the levy or tax if the school district
currently has bonded indebtedness, the voter–approved physical plant and
equipment levy, or the local option sales and services tax for school
infrastructure. The school district shall describe its expenditures from any
bond issue, voter–approved physical plant and equipment levy, regular
plant and equipment levy, or local option sales and services tax for school
infrastructure which it has in place at the time of the application and list any
obligations against those current balances and future revenues.
j. A comprehensive, districtwide infrastructure plan if the
school district has an infrastructure plan. The school district shall include
the date that the plan was adopted by the board, an executive summary of the
plan, and a description of how the project fits within the infrastructure
plan.
k. A five–year history of infrastructure maintenance and
repair.
l. A budget and time line for the project. If the local match
requirement has not been met at the time of the application, the school district
shall include in the time line a schedule of the steps in its plan to obtain the
local match.
m. Evidence that the school district has entered into an
innovative collaboration with another school district or school districts, has
reorganized pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 275 on or after July 1, 2000, or has
initiated a resolution to reorganize by July 1, 2004.
n. A statement certifying the accuracy of the information
contained in the application.
100.3(3) Board minutes. A school district shall
submit with its application for financial assistance under the program a copy of
the minutes of the board of director’s meeting showing that the board has
authorized the application and the project and has made a commitment to the
source and amount for the local match. The section of the board minutes
containing this information shall be marked in such a way as to make it easily
identifiable.
100.3(4) Number of copies. A school district shall
submit with its application for financial assistance under the program three
complete sets of the application forms and board minutes with original
signatures on all application forms.
100.3(5) Number of grant awards possible. A school
district shall not receive more than one grant under the program.
100.3(6) Reapplication. An applicant that is not
successful in obtaining financial assistance under the program may apply for
financial assistance under the program in succeeding fiscal years.
100.3(7) Maximum request for financial assistance.
The maximum amount of financial assistance under the program that can be
requested by a school district is the lesser of:
a. One million dollars, or
b. The total capital investment of the project minus the local
match requirement.
100.3(8) Project time line. The project shall be
completed not later than three fiscal years from the date on which the grant is
approved.
100.3(9) Project restrictions. Special restrictions
apply to certain projects.
a. If the project is in collaboration with other public or
private entities, the school district is eligible to apply only for the school
district’s portion of the project. The school district must own or retain
ownership of the infrastructure for which the application is submitted. This
restriction does not preclude shared facility use. State, federal, or private
funds received by the other entities cannot be used toward the local match
requirement. The application for one school district shall not be contingent
upon one or more other school districts receiving an award under this
program.
b. A school district may submit an application for a project
that includes activities at more than one attendance center. However, if the
activities are related to new construction, the project shall only relate to one
attendance center. New construction for purposes of this subrule means a
separate, new attendance center.
c. A school district receiving financial assistance under the
vision Iowa program pursuant to a joint application submitted under Iowa Code
section 15F.302, subsection 3, shall not be eligible to receive financial
assistance under the program.
d. A school district that has a local option sales and
services tax for school infrastructure imposed at the maximum rate and has local
option sales and services tax for school infrastructure revenue per pupil of
more than the statewide average of local option sales and services tax capacity
per pupil shall not be eligible for financial assistance under the
program.
e. All projects must be consistent with the provisions of the
Americans with Disabilities Act and the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Section 504,
and Iowa Code chapter 104A.
281—100.4(78GA,ch1174) Review process.
100.4(1) Task force. The department shall form a task
force to review applications for financial assistance and to provide
recommendations to the school budget review committee. The department shall
invite participants from large, medium, and small school districts, the state
fire marshal’s office, education and professional organizations, and other
individuals knowledgeable in school infrastructure and construction issues. The
department, in consultation with the task force, shall establish the parameters
and criteria for awarding grants based on the information listed in 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1174, sections 26 to 28, which includes greater priority to be
given to the following:
a. A school district with a lower capacity per
pupil.
b. A school district whose plans address specific occupant
fire and health safety issues.
c. A school district collaborating or reorganizing as
described in subrule 100.3(2)“m.”
d. A school district for which a local option sales and
services tax for school infrastructure has not been imposed or a school district
that receives minimal revenues from a local option sales and services tax for
school infrastructure when the total enrollment of the school district is
considered.
100.4(2) Task force review. The task force, or a
subcommittee of the task force and its designees, shall review each application
and make recommendations to the school budget review committee regarding awards
of financial assistance based on the evidence provided by the applicant pursuant
to subrule 100.3(2) and the criteria listed in subrule 100.4(3). A reviewer
shall not review any application in which the reviewer has an interest, direct
or indirect.
100.4(3) Ranking of applicants. Applicants shall be
ranked on a point system within each size category, and awards shall be
recommended in rank order beginning with highest points. Applicants which do
not receive funding within the applicable size categories will be grouped and
ranked on the same point system without regard to size category, and awards will
be recommended in rank order beginning with highest points. In the event that
two or more school districts tie for a grant award, the applications will be
reviewed by one or more additional reviewers until the tie is broken.
The maximum points for an application shall be 505 points.
The maximum points for each criterion shall be as follows:
a. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for the
description of the infrastructure needs and the project proposed to alleviate
those needs is 50 points with a maximum of 25 points for the description of
infrastructure needs and 25 points for the project proposed to alleviate those
needs.
b. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for
evidence that the infrastructure need is related to fire or health safety issues
and for the severity of the deficiency is 75 points.
c. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for need
based on capacity per pupil is 75 points. The points will be calculated as
follows: [((1 - (the school district’s capacity per pupil / the capacity
per pupil at the fortieth percentile)) ?
maximum points possible) ? adjustment factor].
The minimum number of points that can be awarded for need based on capacity per
pupil is 0 points. The points will be awarded in relationship to the rank order
with the highest points awarded for the lowest capacity per pupil. For the
purpose of this paragraph, the adjustment factor is 75 points divided by the
result of the formula prior to multiplying by the adjustment factor for the
lowest ranked district. The purpose of the adjustment factor is to allow 75
points to be awarded to the lowest capacity district.
d. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for
previous efforts to secure funding within the past five years is 50 points
awarded as follows:
(1) The maximum number of points that can be awarded for
previous efforts to secure funding within the past five years using a bond issue
referendum is 15 points for previously attempted and passed, 10 points for
previously attempted and failed, and 0 points for not previously
attempted.
(2) The maximum number of points that can be awarded for
previous efforts to secure funding within the past five years using the
voter–approved physical plant and equipment levy is 10 points for
previously attempted and passed, 5 points for previously attempted and failed,
and 0 points for not previously attempted.
(3) The maximum number of points that can be awarded for
previous efforts to secure funding within the past five years using the regular
physical plant and equipment levy is 5 points with 1 point for each year that
the board has imposed the levy during the past five years, and 0 points for not
previously imposed.
(4) The maximum number of points that can be awarded for
efforts to utilize past, current, and future resources for school infrastructure
activities is 20 points.
e. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for the
description of the nature of the project, its relationship to improving
educational opportunities for students, and its ability to meet or exceed
educational standards is 60 points.
f. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for the
comprehensive, districtwide infrastructure plan and the description of how this
project fits within that plan is 40 points.
g. The maximum number of points that can be awarded for the
evidence that the school district has entered into an innovative collaboration
with one or more other school districts, has reorganized, or has initiated a
resolution to reorganize is 80 points.
h. The maximum number of points that can be awarded because
the school district receives no revenues or minimal revenues from a local option
sales and services tax for school infrastructure is 75 points. The points will
be calculated as follows: [((1 - (school district local option sales and
services tax per pupil / statewide average local option sales and services tax
capacity per pupil)) ? maximum points
possible) ? adjustment factor]. The minimum
number of points that can be awarded because the school district receives no
revenues or minimal revenues from a local option sales and services tax for
school infrastructure is 0 points. The number of pupils for this calculation
will be the same enrollment number used for the calculation of sales tax
capacity per pupil. For the purpose of this paragraph, the adjustment factor is
75 points divided by the result of the formula prior to multiplying by the
adjustment factor for the lowest ranked district. The purpose of the adjustment
factor is to allow 75 points to be awarded to the lowest capacity
district.
100.4(4) School budget review committee. The school
budget review committee shall review the recommendations for awards from the
task force. The committee shall make recommendations on awards to the
department for final consideration.
281—100.5(78GA,ch1174) Grant award
process.
100.5(1) Department determination. The department
shall make the final determination on grant awards.
100.5(2) Total amount of awards.
a. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000, the department
shall provide grants in an amount of not more than $10 million.
b. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2001, and for the
fiscal year beginning July 1, 2002, the department shall provide grants in an
amount of not more than $20 million.
c. If the amount of the grants awarded in a fiscal year is
less than the maximum amount provided for grants for that fiscal year, the
amount of the difference shall be carried forward to subsequent fiscal years for
purposes of providing grants under the program, and the maximum amount of the
grants for each fiscal year shall be adjusted accordingly.
d. If a school district does not meet the local match
requirement within nine months of notification of conditional approval from the
department, then the department shall deny the financial assistance to the
applicant; the financial assistance shall be carried forward to the next
available grant cycle; and the maximum amount of the grants for the fiscal year
to which the financial assistance is carried forward shall be adjusted
accordingly.
100.5(3) Distribution of the awards. The grants shall
be allocated in the following manner:
a. Twenty–five percent of the financial assistance each
year shall be awarded to school districts with a certified enrollment of 1,199
or fewer students.
b. Twenty–five percent of the financial assistance each
year shall be awarded to school districts with a certified enrollment of more
than 1,199 students but not more than 4,750 students.
c. Twenty–five percent of the financial assistance each
year shall be awarded to school districts with a certified enrollment of more
than 4,750 students.
d. Twenty–five percent of the financial assistance each
year plus the financial assistance not awarded in “a” through
“c” above and any financial assistance not awarded in previous
fiscal years shall be awarded to school districts with any size certified
enrollment.
100.5(4) Notification. The department shall notify
applicants by the following dates.
a. For the fiscal year beginning July 1, 2000, the department
shall notify all approved applicants by May 1, 2001, regarding the approval or
conditional approval of the application.
b. For the fiscal years beginning July 1, 2001, and every year
thereafter in which there is an application period, the department shall notify
all approved applicants by December 15 regarding the approval or conditional
approval of the application.
100.5(5) Payment. The grant award will be paid to the
successful applicant school district following official notification from the
school district that the local match requirement has been met.
281—100.6(78GA,ch1174) Grantee
responsibilities.
100.6(1) Notification of local match. If the local
match requirement is not met at the time of the application, the grantee shall
notify the department that the local match requirement has been met within ten
working days of meeting the requirement.
a. If the local match is a bond issue, the local match
requirement is met when the bonds are sold.
b. If the local match is a voter–approved physical plant
and equipment levy, the local match requirement is met on the date the votes are
canvassed and the election is declared successful.
c. If the local match is a regular physical plant and
equipment levy, the local match requirement is met when the total of unobligated
resources on hand and certified by the board for the subsequent fiscal year
equals the amount of the local match requirement.
d. If the local match is gifts, donations, or other resources,
the local match requirement is met when the total of unobligated resources on
hand equals the amount of the local match requirement.
100.6(2) Notification of change in local match source.
If the source of the local match is not met at the time of the application and
the school district changes the proposed source of the local match to other
eligible sources of local match, the school district shall notify the department
within ten working days of the change in sources.
100.6(3) Accounting for the grant. All revenues
associated with the project, including interest revenue on fund balance, and all
expenditures associated with the project shall be accounted for in a capital
projects fund established for this grant program.
100.6(4) Progress report. A grantee shall submit a
progress report to the department as requested by the department. The report
shall include a description of the activities under the project, the status of
the implementation of the projects, and any other information required by the
department.
100.6(5) Actual project cost. If the total actual
cost of the project is less than the estimated cost included in the application,
the school district shall notify the department within 20 working days following
the completion of the project. The allowable grant award and the local match
shall be recalculated using the actual costs of the project and the award
reduced accordingly. If the award payment to the school district exceeds the
recalculated allowable grant award amount, the school district shall return the
overpayment to the department with the notification.
100.6(6) Withdrawal from the program. If a school
district is granted an award and the school district elects not to continue with
the project, the school district shall notify the department within ten working
days following the board action to discontinue the project. If the award
payment has been made to the school district, the school district shall return
the award payment to the department with the notification.
100.6(7) Forfeiture of grant award. Failure to comply
with any of the rules in this chapter or with the assurances and information
included in the grant application can result in the forfeiture of the grant
award.
281—100.7(78GA,ch1174) Appeal of grant denial.
Any applicant may appeal the denial of a properly submitted grant application to
the director of the department. Appeals must be in writing and received within
ten working days of the date of the notice of the decision to deny. Appeals
must be based on a contention that the process was conducted outside of
statutory authority; violated state or federal law, policy, or rule; did not
provide adequate public notice; was altered without adequate public notice; or
involved conflict of interest by staff or committee members. The hearing and
appeals procedures found in 281—Chapter 6 that govern the director’s
decisions shall be applicable to any appeal of denial.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1174, sections 26 to 28.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 10/20/00, effective
10/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
FILED
ARC 0264B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76 and 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1002, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 1,
“Definitions”; Chapter 6, “Public Records and Fair Information
Practices”; Chapter 10, “General”; Chapter 14,
“Renewal”; Chapter 15, “Fees”; Chapter 21, “Dental
Laboratory Technician”; Chapter 22, “Minimum Training Standards for
Dental Assistants Engaging in Dental Radiography”; Chapter 25,
“Continuing Education”; Chapter 27, “Standards of Practice and
Principles of Professional Ethics”; Chapter 30, “Discipline”;
Chapter 31, “Complaints and Investigations”; Chapter 32,
“Mediation of Disputes”; Chapter 33, “Child Support
Noncompliance”; and Chapter 34, “Student Loan Default/Noncompliance
with Agreement for Payment of Obligation,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1002, which
requires the Board to establish procedures for the registration, renewal, and
revocation or suspension of dental assistants. These amendments update Board
rules to include references to dental assistant registration or registrants, add
a new definition of “coronal polish,” and establish fees for
registration of dental assistants. Item 19 of the amendments also establishes
two additional grounds for discipline for all licensees and registrants:
practicing beyond training or delegating acts that are beyond the training and
education of licensees or registrants.
The rules do not provide for waivers in specific circumstances
as the amendments only update the rules to add the new category of dental
assistant registrants to existing Board rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 9, 2000, as ARC 0039B. A public
hearing on the amendments was held on August 29, 2000. Three people attended
the hearing and one oral comment was received in support of the rules. No
written comments on the amendments were received.
The following changes from the Notice have been
made:
• In
Item 1, there was a typographical correction in the definition of “coronal
polish.” The definition now reads as follows:
“‘Coronal polish’ means an adjunctive
procedure that must also include removal of any calculus, if present, by a
dentist or dental hygienist. Coronal polishing of teeth using only a rotary
instrument and a rubber cup or brush for such purpose, when performed at the
direction of and under the supervision of a licensed dentist, is deemed not to
be the giving of prophylactic treatment.”
• In
Item 8, a new sentence was added to rule 650— 15.3(153) and, as a result,
the proposed amendments to the second sentence no longer apply. The rule now
reads as follows:
650—15.3(153) Late renewal fees. All fees are
nonrefundable. A licensee who fails to renew a license to practice following
expiration shall be subject to late renewal fees pursuant to 650—Chapter
14. A registrant who fails to renew a registration to practice following
expiration shall be subject to late renewal fees pursuant to 650—Chapter
20.
• In
Item 10, the phrase “Beginning July 1, 2001” was added to delay the
effective date of the change in this subrule in order to allow current
registrants who had attended the dental radiography seminar within the previous
four–year period to renew their certification during the upcoming renewal
period without delay.
These amendments were approved at the October 19, 2000,
regular meeting of the Board of Dental Examiners.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 153, and 272C and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1002.
These amendments will become effective January 1,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [amendments to Chs 1, 6, 10, 14, 15, 21, 22, 25, 27, 30 to 34]
is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0039B,
IAB 8/9/00.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0263B
DENTAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[650]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76 and 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1002, the Board of Dental Examiners hereby rescinds Chapter
20, “Auxiliary Personnel,” and adopts a new Chapter 20,
“Dental Assistants,” Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment implements 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1002, which
mandates that beginning July 1, 2001, a person shall not practice as a dental
assistant unless the person has registered with the Board and received a
certificate of registration. This amendment establishes a scope of practice for
dental assistants, categories of dental assistants, registration requirements,
procedures for the denial of registration and appeal of a denial, examination
requirements, procedures for renewal, and continuing education requirements.
The Board is required to adopt rules by January 1, 2001, to implement 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1002.
The rules do not provide for waivers in specific circumstances
because the statute requires all dental assistants to be registered with the
Board beginning July 1, 2001.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 9, 2000, as ARC 0038B. A public
hearing on the amendment was held on August 29, 2000. Three people attended the
hearing, and one oral comment was received in support of the rules. Five
written comments on the amendment were received asking for clarification of the
rules or suggesting some minor variations to the rules.
Changes from the Notice of Intended Action include the
following:
• The definition of
“dental assistant” was changed by adding the following sentence:
“The term “dental assistant” does not include persons
otherwise actively licensed in Iowa to practice dental hygiene or nursing who
are engaged in the practice of said profession.” This sentence was added
to clarify that nurses or dental hygienists who provide services within their
scope of practice are not also required to be registered as a dental assistant
when assisting a dentist.
• Paragraph “c”
in subrule 20.3(3), which stated that duties of dental assistants should also be
based on an agreement with the supervising dentist whose goal for the team is to
promote the efficiency of dental services, was deleted in response to a written
comment suggesting the deletion. The Board agreed that the requirement was
ambiguous.
• Paragraph “b”
in subrule 20.4(1) was changed by deleting the requirement that the dental
assistant trainee complete six consecutive months of employment and by
specifying that the dental assistant trainee must complete six months of work as
a dental assistant within the previous 12–month period. This change was
made in response to a written comment which pointed out that if a trainee failed
the examination two times and had to stop working in a dental office until the
examination was successfully completed, the assistant may not meet the
requirement for six consecutive months of work. The change in this provision
will also allow for extenuating circumstances in which a dental assistant
trainee may need to be off work for a brief period of time.
• Subrule 20.4(3) was
changed by adding a new sentence stating that an expanded function dental
assistant may perform extraoral duties under general supervision. In addition,
the Board has delayed the implementation of expanded function dental assistant
registration until July 1, 2002, in order to give the Board time to review and
approve appropriate expanded function education.
• The words “pass upon
the applicant’s qualifications” have been changed to “evaluate
the applicant’s qualifications” in subparagraphs
20.6(1)“b”(4), 20.6(2)“b”(7), and
20.6(3)“b”(8).
• Paragraphs
20.4(1)“a” and 20.6(1)“c” and subparagraph
20.6(2)“b”(3) have been changed to make the wording in the course
requirements consistent. The wording has been changed to specify that the
course of study must be approved by the Board and sponsored by a
Board–approved postsecondary school. Wording in the proposed rules had
required the school to be accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation
of the American Dental Association. The intent of the Board, however, is to
have the course available through any community college in the state that wishes
to offer or sponsor the Board course, in order to make the course more
accessible in all areas of the state. Language has also been added to clarify
that the course of study may be taken at the postsecondary school or on the job
using curriculum approved by the Board for such purpose. The statute allows
dental assistants to meet the education requirements through either a formal
series of classes or through job equivalency training, according to standards
set by the Board.
• Subparagraph
20.6(3)“a”(2) has been changed by adding the word
“current” to clarify that under the requirements of the Dental
Assisting National Board, an assistant is not allowed to use the certified
dental assistant credential unless the assistant’s certification is
current.
• Paragraph
20.6(3)“b” has been changed by adding new subparagraphs (3) and (4)
and renumbering existing subparagraphs. The new subparagraphs specify that an
expanded function dental assistant must also complete a Board–approved
course and examination in the areas of infection control, hazardous materials,
and jurisprudence, as mandated by statute.
• Paragraph
20.6(3)“c” has been changed by adding the phrase “that are
delegated by and under the supervision of a licensed dentist and” to
reiterate that all dental assistant duties must be performed under supervision
and must be delegated by the dentist.
• Subrule 20.11(5) has been
changed to specify that failure to comply with the continuing education
requirements will result in a lapsed registration.
• Subrule 20.12(1) has been
changed by deleting language related to continuing education in the area of
jurisprudence and moving this language to new subrule 20.12(4). The new subrule
limits the requirement to obtain continuing education in the subject area of
jurisprudence to the renewal period of July 1, 2001, to June 30, 2003, only.
This change was made in response to a written comment.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters
17A, 147, 153, and 272C and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1002.
This amendment will become effective January 1,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind 650—Chapter 20 and adopt the
following new chapter in lieu thereof:
CHAPTER 20
DENTAL ASSISTANTS
650—20.1(153,78GA,ch1002) Registration required.
A person shall not practice on or after July 1, 2001, as a dental assistant
unless the person has registered with the board and received a certificate of
registration pursuant to this chapter.
650—20.2(153,78GA,ch1002) Definitions. As used
in this chapter:
“Dental assistant” means any person who, under the
supervision of a dentist, performs any extraoral services including infection
control, dental radiography, or the use of hazardous materials or performs any
intraoral services on patients. The term “dental assistant” does
not include persons otherwise actively licensed in Iowa to practice dental
hygiene or nursing who are engaged in the practice of said profession.
“Direct supervision” means that the dentist is
present in the treatment facility, but it is not required that the dentist be
physically present in the treatment room while the dental assistant is
performing acts assigned by the dentist.
“General supervision” means that a dentist has
delegated the services to be provided by a dental assistant. The dentist need
not be present in the facility while these services are being
provided.
“Personal supervision” means the dentist is
physically present in the treatment room to oversee and direct the services of
the dental assistant.
650—20.3(153,78GA,ch1002) Scope of
practice.
20.3(1) In all instances, a dentist assumes
responsibility for determining, on the basis of diagnosis, the specific
treatment patients will receive and which aspects of treatment may be delegated
to qualified personnel as authorized in these rules.
20.3(2) A lawfully licensed dentist may delegate to a
dental assistant those procedures for which the dental assistant has received
training. This delegation shall be based on the best interests of the patient.
The dentist shall exercise supervision and shall be fully responsible for all
acts performed by a dental assistant. A dentist may not delegate to a dental
assistant any of the following:
a. Diagnosis, examination, treatment planning, or
prescription, including prescription for drugs and medicaments or authorization
for restorative, prosthodontic or orthodontic appliances.
b. Surgical procedures on hard and soft tissues within the
oral cavity and any other intraoral procedure that contributes to or results in
an irreversible alteration to the oral anatomy.
c. Administration of local anesthesia.
d. Placement of sealants.
e. Removal of any plaque, stain, or hard natural or synthetic
material except by toothbrush, floss, or rubber cup coronal polish, or removal
of any calculus.
f. Dental radiography, unless the assistant is qualified
pursuant to 650—Chapter 22.
g. Those procedures that require the professional judgment and
skill of a dentist.
20.3(3) A dental assistant may perform duties
consistent with these rules under the supervision of a licensed dentist. The
specific duties dental assistants may perform are based upon:
a. The education of the dental assistant.
b. The experience of the dental assistant.
650—20.4(153,78GA,ch1002) Categories of dental
assistants. There are three categories of dental assistants. Both the
supervising dentist and dental assistant are responsible for maintaining
documentation of training. Such documentation must be maintained in the office
of practice and shall be provided to the board upon request.
20.4(1) Dental assistant trainee. Dental assistant
trainees are all individuals who have received no prior training or experience
in dental assisting, but who will learn the necessary skills under the personal
supervision of a licensed dentist. The dental assistant trainee shall meet the
following requirements:
a. Within 60 days of employment, the dental assistant trainee
shall successfully complete a course of study and examination in the areas of
infection control, hazardous waste and jurisprudence. The course of study shall
be prior approved by the board and sponsored by a board–approved
postsecondary school.
b. Immediately after satisfactorily completing six months of
work as a dental assistant within the previous 12–month period, the
trainee or dentist must apply to the board for the trainee to be reclassified as
a registered dental assistant.
20.4(2) Registered dental assistant. A registered
dental assistant may perform under general supervision all extraoral duties in
the dental office or dental clinic that are assigned by the dentist that are
consistent with these rules. During intraoral procedures, the registered dental
assistant may, under direct supervision, assist the dentist in performing duties
assigned by the dentist that are consistent with these rules. The registered
dental assistant may take radiographs if certified pursuant to 650—Chapter
22.
20.4(3) Expanded function dental assistant. Beginning
July 1, 2002, an expanded function dental assistant may perform under general
supervision all extraoral duties in the dental office or dental clinic that are
assigned by the dentist that are consistent with these rules. Beginning July 1,
2002, an expanded function dental assistant may perform, under direct
supervision, intraoral procedures for which the dental assistant has
successfully completed formal training sponsored by a board–approved
program accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American
Dental Association or other program approved by the board. All expanded
function duties must be assigned by the dentist and be consistent with these
rules. Examples of expanded function dental assistant duties include, but are
not limited to, the monitoring of nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia,
temporization of crowns, placement and removal of temporary restorations,
placement of periodontal dressings, taking impressions for dental appliances,
and bite registrations.
650—20.5(153,78GA,ch1002) Registration requirements
prior to July 2, 2001.
20.5(1) A person employed as a dental assistant as of
July 1, 2001, shall be registered with the board as a registered dental
assistant without meeting the application requirements specified in
20.6(153,78GA,ch1002), provided the application is postmarked by July 1,
2001.
20.5(2) Applications for registration prior to July 2,
2001, must be filed on official board forms and include the following:
a. The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
b. Evidence of current employment as a dental assistant as
demonstrated by a signed statement from the applicant’s
employer.
c. Evidence of current certification in dental radiography
pursuant to 650—Chapter 22 if engaging in dental radiography.
20.5(3) Applications must be signed and verified by
the applicant as to the truth of the documents and statements contained
therein.
650—20.6(153,78GA,ch1002) Registration requirements
after July 1, 2001. Effective July 2, 2001, dental assistants must meet the
following requirements for registration:
20.6(1) Dental assistant trainee.
a. The employer of a dental assistant trainee must notify the
board in writing of such employment within seven days of the time the dental
assistant begins work.
b. Applications for registration as a dental assistant trainee
must be filed on official board forms and include the following:
(1) The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
(2) Evidence of high school graduation.
(3) Evidence the applicant is 18 years of age or
older.
(4) Any additional information required by the board relating
to the character and experience of the applicant as may be necessary to evaluate
the applicant’s qualifications.
c. Within 60 days of employment, the dental assistant trainee
is required to successfully complete a board–approved course of study and
examination in the areas of infection control, hazardous materials and
jurisprudence. The course of study may be taken at a board–approved
postsecondary school or on the job using curriculum approved by the board for
such purpose. Evidence of meeting this requirement shall be submitted within 60
days by the employer dentist.
20.6(2) Registered dental assistant.
a. To meet this qualification, a person must:
(1) Work in a dental office for six months as a dental
assistant trainee; or
(2) Have had at least six consecutive months of prior dental
assisting experience under a licensed dentist within the past two years; or
(3) Be a graduate of a postsecondary dental assisting
program.
b. Applications for registration as a registered dental
assistant must be filed on official board forms and include the
following:
(1) The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
(2) Evidence of meeting one of the requirements specified in
20.6(2)“a.”
(3) Evidence of successful completion of a course of study
approved by the board and sponsored by a board–approved postsecondary
school in the areas of infection control, hazardous materials, and
jurisprudence. The course of study may be taken at a board–approved
postsecondary school or on the job using curriculum approved by the board for
such purpose.
(4) Evidence of successful completion of a
board–approved examination in the areas of infection control, hazardous
materials, and jurisprudence.
(5) Evidence of meeting the qualifications of
650—Chapter 22 if engaging in dental radiography.
(6) Evidence of current certification in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation sponsored by a nationally recognized provider.
(7) Any additional information required by the board relating
to the character, education and experience of the applicant as may be necessary
to evaluate the applicant’s qualifications.
20.6(3) Expanded function dental assistant.
a. To meet the qualification of expanded function dental
assistant, applicants must:
(1) Have two years of experience as a registered dental
assistant; or
(2) Be a current certified dental assistant as defined by the
Dental Assisting National Board with six months of dental assisting experience;
and
(3) Have successfully completed a formal program in one or
more expanded functions within the previous two years of application as an
expanded function dental assistant or documentation of equivalent
out–of–state registration or education.
b. Beginning July 1, 2002, applications for registration as an
expanded function dental assistant must be filed on official board forms and
include the following:
(1) The fee as specified in 650—Chapter 15.
(2) Evidence of meeting the qualifications specified in
20.6(3)“a.”
(3) Evidence of successful completion of a course of study
approved by the board and sponsored by a board–approved postsecondary
school in the areas of infection control, hazardous materials, and
jurisprudence. The course of study may be taken at a board–approved
postsecondary school or on the job using curriculum approved by the board for
such purpose.
(4) Evidence of successful completion of a
board–approved examination in the areas of infection control, hazardous
materials, and jurisprudence.
(5) Evidence of meeting the qualifications of
650—Chapter 22 if engaging in dental radiography.
(6) Evidence of current certification in cardiopulmonary
resuscitation sponsored by a nationally recognized provider.
(7) Evidence of successful completion of a formal program in
one or more expanded functions sponsored by a school accredited by the
Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association or a
program approved by the board.
(8) Any additional information required by the board relating
to the character, education and experience of the applicant as may be necessary
to evaluate the applicant’s qualifications.
c. An expanded function dental assistant is limited to
performing only those expanded duties that are delegated by and under the
supervision of a licensed dentist and for which the assistant has been trained
within the limits of these rules.
20.6(4) All applications must be signed and verified
by the applicant as to the truth of the documents and statements contained
therein.
650—20.7(153,78GA,ch1002) Registration denial.
The board may deny an application for registration as a dental assistant for any
of the following reasons:
1. Failure to meet the requirements for registration as
specified in these rules.
2. Pursuant to Iowa Code section 147.4, upon any of the
grounds for which registration may be revoked or suspended as specified in
650—Chapter 30.
650—20.8(147,153,78GA,ch1002) Registration
denied—appeal procedure. An applicant who has been denied
registration by the board may appeal the denial and request a hearing on the
issues related to the registration denial by serving a notice of the appeal and
request for hearing upon the executive director not more than 30 days following
the date of the mailing of the notification of registration denial to the
applicant or not more than 30 days following the date upon which the applicant
was served notice if notification was made in the manner of service of an
original notice. The hearing and subsequent procedures shall be considered a
contested case hearing and shall be governed by the procedures outlined in
650—Chapter 51.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 147.3,
147.4 and 147.29.
650—20.9(153,78GA,ch1002) Examination
requirements. Beginning July 2, 2001, applicants for registration must
successfully pass an examination approved by the board on infection control,
hazardous waste, and jurisprudence.
20.9(1) Examinations approved by the board are those
administered by the board or board’s approved testing centers or the
Dental Assisting National Board Infection Control Examination, if taken after
June 1, 1991, in conjunction with the board–approved jurisprudence
examination.
20.9(2) Information on taking the examination may be
obtained by contacting the board office at 400 S.W. 8th Street, Suite D, Des
Moines, Iowa 50309–4687.
20.9(3) An examinee must meet such other requirements
as may be imposed by the board’s approved dental assistant testing
centers.
20.9(4) A dental assistant trainee must successfully
pass the examination within 60 days of the first date of employment. A dental
assistant trainee who does not successfully pass the examination within 60 days
shall be prohibited from working in a dental office or clinic until the
examination has been passed in accordance with these rules.
20.9(5) A score of 75 or better on the board
infectioncontrol/hazardous material section and a score of 75 or better on the
board jurisprudence section shall be considered successful completion of the
examination. The board accepts the passing standard established by the Dental
Assisting National Board for applicants who take the Dental Assisting National
Board Infection Control Examination.
650—20.10(153,78GA,ch1002) System of retaking dental
assistant examinations.
20.10(1) Second examination.
a. On the second examination attempt, a dental assistant shall
be required to obtain a score of 75 percent or better on each section of the
examination.
b. A dental assistant who fails the second examination will be
required to complete the remedial education requirements set forth in subrule
20.10(2).
20.10(2) Third and subsequent examinations.
a. Prior to the third examination attempt, a dental assistant
must submit proof of additional formal education in the area of the examination
failure in a program approved by the board or sponsored by a school accredited
by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental
Association.
b. A dental assistant who fails the examination on the third
attempt may not practice as a dental assistant in a dental office or clinic
until additional remedial education approved by the board has been
obtained.
c. For the purposes of additional study prior to retakes, the
fourth or subsequent examination failure shall be considered the same as the
third.
650—20.11(153,78GA,ch1002) Renewal of
registration. A certificate of registration as a registered dental
assistant or expanded function dental assistant must be renewed
biennially.
20.11(1) The board will notify each registrant by mail
of the expiration of the registration.
20.11(2) Application for renewal must be made in
writing to the board at least 30 days before the current registration
expires.
20.11(3) The appropriate fee as specified in
650—Chapter 15 shall accompany the application for renewal. A penalty
shall be assessed by the board for late renewal.
20.11(4) Failure to renew the registration by June 30
shall result in assessment of a late fee of $20 in addition to the renewal fee.
Failure to renew by July 30 shall result in assessment of a late fee of $40.
Failure to renew by August 30 following expiration shall result in assessment of
a late fee of $60. Failure to renew a registration prior to September 30
following expiration shall cause the registration to lapse and become invalid.
A registrant whose registration has lapsed and become invalid is prohibited from
practicing as a dental assistant until the registration is reinstated in
accordance with 650—14.5(153).
20.11(5) Completion of continuing education is
required for renewal of an active registration. Failure to comply will
automatically result in a lapsed registration.
20.11(6) In order to renew a registration, the
registrant shall be required to furnish evidence of valid certification in a
nationally recognized course in cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
20.11(7) The board may refuse to renew a registration
in accordance with 650—14.3(153).
650—20.12(153,78GA,ch1002) Continuing education.
Beginning July 1, 2001, each person registered as a dental assistant shall
complete 20 hours of continuing education approved by the board during the
biennium period as a condition of registration renewal.
20.12(1) At least two continuing education hours must
be in the subject area of infection control.
20.12(2) A maximum of three hours may be in
cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
20.12(3) For dental assistants who have a special
endorsement in radiography, at least two hours of continuing education must be
obtained in the subject area of radiography.
20.12(4) For the renewal period July 1, 2001, to June
30, 2003, at least one hour of continuing education must be obtained in the
subject area of jurisprudence.
650—20.13(252J,261) Receipt of certificate of
noncompliance. The board shall consider the receipt of a certificate of
noncompliance from the college student aid commission pursuant to Iowa Code
sections 261.121 to 261.127 and 650—Chapter 34 or receipt of a certificate
of noncompliance of a support order from the child support recovery unit
pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 252J and 650—Chapter 33. Registration
denial or denial of renewal of registration shall follow the procedures in the
statutes and board rules as set forth in this rule.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 252J and
sections 261.121 to 261.127.
650—20.14(153) Unlawful practice. A dental
assistant who assists a dentist in practicing dentistry in any capacity other
than as a person supervised by a dentist in a dental office, or who directly or
indirectly procures a licensed dentist to act as nominal owner, proprietor or
director of a dental office as a guise or subterfuge to enable such dental
assistant to engage directly or indirectly in the practice of dentistry, or who
performs dental service directly or indirectly on or for members of the public
other than as a person working for a dentist shall be deemed to be practicing
dentistry without a license.
650—20.15(153) Advertising and soliciting of dental
services prohibited. Dental assistants shall not advertise, solicit,
represent or hold themselves out in any manner to the general public that they
will furnish, construct, repair or alter prosthetic, orthodontic or other
appliances, with or without consideration, to be used as substitutes for or as
part of natural teeth or associated structures or for the correction of
malocclusions or deformities, or that they will perform any other dental
service.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 153
and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1002.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0267B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts amendments to Chapter
11, “Certified School to Career Program,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendments allow changes in program guidelines and program
administration procedures and eliminate the role of the Iowa Department of
Economic Development from joint program approval responsibilities (in
conjunction with the Department of Education). In addition, the amendments
modify the definition of “participant” and clarify the eligible paid
employment periods.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 6, 2000, as ARC 0120B.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed
amendments was held on September 26, 2000. No comments were received. The
adopted amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended
Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
15.362 and 15.363 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1013, and Iowa Code
Supplement section 15.364 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1013.
The IDED Board adopted these amendments on October 19,
2000.
These amendments will become effective on December 20,
2000.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [11.1 to 11.4] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0120B, IAB
9/6/00.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0268B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts an amendment to
Chapter 53, “Community Economic Betterment Program,” and adopts a
new Chapter 65, “Brownfield Redevelopment Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0123B on September 6, 2000. These
amendments were also Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the September
6, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0124B.
The new chapter implements a new program authorized by 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1101. The rules describe the purpose of the Brownfield
Redevelopment Program, eligibility requirements, evaluation criteria, and the
application process. The amendment to the CEBA program adds a rating criterion
for remediation or redevelopment of a brownfield site.
A public hearing to receive comments about the amendment and
new chapter was held on September 26, 2000. Comments were submitted by the
cities of Cedar Falls, Des Moines, Cedar Rapids and Marshalltown. As a result
of the comments, the following revisions were made to the rules:
Subrule 65.3(3), paragraph “2,” was amended to add
the following sentence:
“Title transfer is not required when the applicant is
the owner of the property and no title transfer occurs.”
Subrule 65.4(3) limits financial assistance to no more than 25
percent of the agreed–upon total costs of remediation. This subrule was
revised to include acquisition or redevelopment costs in addition to
remediation.
The IDED Board adopted these amendments on October 19,
2000.
These amendments will become effective on December 20, 2000,
at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency rules are hereby
rescinded.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1101.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [53.8(3)“f”(3), Ch 65] is being omitted.
With the exception of the changes noted above, these
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0123B and
Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 0124B, IAB 9/6/00.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0271B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts amendments to Chapter
211, “Recreation, Environment, Art and Cultural Heritage Initiative
(REACH)—Community Attraction and Tourism Development Program,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapter 211 update the current rules to
incorporate the requirements of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174. References to the
Department are replaced with “Vision Iowa Board,” citations are
updated, and new evaluation criteria are added.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0119B on September 6, 2000.
Public hearings to receive comments about the amendments were
held on September 27, 2000, and September 29, 2000. Both hearings were well
attended. Individuals participated in the public hearings at IDED and through
36 ICN sites, 16 remote sites on September 27 and 20 remote sites on September
29.
Input from the public can be characterized as falling into
three general categories: (1) comments relating to legislative requirements
outlined in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, (2) comments about the application
process, and (3) requests for specific revisions to the rules. A more detailed
summary of the comments received is available on the Vision Iowa Board’s
Web site at visioniowa.org.
The key policy issues emerging from the public hearings were
as follows:
(1) Public art. A request was made to set aside up to 1
percent of Community Attraction and Tourism (CAT) funds to promote fine arts in
projects receiving CAT assistance.
(2) Wage rate. The Vision Iowa Board was asked to reconsider
its decision not to include a wage requirement for jobs associated with CAT
projects.
(3) Local match, specifically, what constitutes eligible local
match. Questions were raised about how far back in time an applicant will be
permitted to go to count expenditures to meet the local match requirement. For
example, commenters asked whether the value of land can be considered match if
the land has already been purchased and whether the value of the completed
portion of a phased project can be treated as match.
(4) Application process. Several participants requested that
the CAT application form be simplified and streamlined. An “Intent to
Award” process was also suggested. This proc–ess was described as
an opportunity to provide the public with one last time period (e.g., 10 to 14
days) to comment on the award before contracts are executed.
In addition to these four main policy issues, several
technical corrections were requested. The corrections were suggested in order
to avoid duplication within the rules and to provide consistency with the CAT
legislation.
The Vision Iowa Board met on October 11, 2000, to review the
comments from the public hearing. A special meeting of the Board was also held
on October 20, 2000, to clarify the local match requirements and to discuss
whether to include a wage threshold provision. Each of the above policy issues
and technical corrections was discussed. As a result of the comments received,
the following revisions were made to the rules:
• In rule
211.2(78GA,ch1174), the amended definition of “attraction” was
revised to include the word “educational” and reads as follows:
“‘Attraction’ means a permanently located recreational,
cultural, educational or entertainment activity that is available to the general
public.”
• A sentence was added to
the introductory paragraph of rule 211.9(78GA,ch1174), which pertains to
application review criteria, to clarify that all eligible applications will be
reviewed by the Vision Iowa Board.
• Subrule 211.9(1) regarding
the feasibility criterion was revised to incorporate application requirements
previously located in subrule 211.10(3) as amended under Notice. A sentence was
added to clarify that the applicant’s comprehensive business plan and
operational plan will be reviewed to assess project feasibility. Details about
the content of the business plan, specifically, those concerning sources of
funding and financial projections for five years, that were described in subrule
211.10(3) are now included under this subrule. An expanded description of the
contents of the operational plan has been relocated from subrule 211.10(3) to
this subrule. An operational plan shall provide detailed information about how
the proposed attraction will be operated and maintained including a time line
for implementing the project.
• Subrule 211.9(2) was
revised to incorporate application requirements previously located in subrule
211.10(3) as amended under Notice. An application must include a description of
its long–term tax generation. This measurement excludes the use of
economic multipliers. This exclusion was stated in subrule 211.10(3), but not
subrule 211.9(2). This omission has been corrected. The restriction on the use
of economic multipliers is now included in adopted subrule 211.9(2). Also added
to this subrule is a phrase to clarify that the application must include a
review of the wages and benefits associated with the jobs to be
created.
• The following sentences
were added to subrule 211.9(4) to resolve the issue of how far back an applicant
will be permitted to go to count expenditures as matching funds: “Moneys
expended toward implementation of the project after May 9, 2000, may be
considered to be a local match. Moneys raised at any time but not yet spent may
also be considered to be a local match.” The Vision Iowa Board selected
May 9, 2000, as the cutoff date because this was the date 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1174, was signed by the Governor. It was the consensus of the Board
that on or after this date, potential applicants may have reasonably initiated
steps to facilitate project development.
• In subrule 211.9(5)
pertaining to planning principles, the phrase “and enhancing” was
added to paragraph “c.” The paragraph now reads as
follows:
“c. Maintenance of unique sense of place by respecting
and enhancing local cultural, historical and natural environmental
features.”
• Subrule 211.9(6)
establishes a review factor for technology and values. The phrase
“regional or statewide” was added to paragraph “a.” The
paragraph now reads as follows:
“a. Extent to which the project encourages technologies
that allow regional or statewide access for long–distance learning
and Internet access to facility resources.”
Proposed paragraph “a” also required access to
such technologies so that “all Iowa communities may benefit from the
development.” This phrase was not adopted. This change was in response
to a comment that providing access to “all Iowa communities” was too
broad a standard. There was a request to allow access to technologies on a
regional basis, too. Paragraph “a,” as adopted, permits an
applicant to demonstrate either statewide or regional access to technologies
that encourage long–distance learning and use of the Internet.
• A new paragraph
“d” was added to subrule 211.9(6) to take into account the extent to
which the facilities enhance or promote fine arts. For purposes of this
paragraph, “fine arts” means “fine arts” as defined in
Iowa Code section 304A.8(2) and also includes landscaping. Rather than set
aside at least 1 percent of Vision Iowa funds for projects that promote public
art as suggested during the public hearing process, the Vision Iowa Board voted
to include this item as a review criterion under this subrule.
• Proposed amendments to
subrule 211.10(3) were not adopted. However, a sentence was added to the
adopted subrule to clarify that an application must include the information
outlined in rule 211.9(78GA,ch1174). The application elements previously
required in subrule 211.10(3) have now been incorporated into rule
211.9(78GA,ch1174). The purpose for this revision was to ensure that the
application review criteria are consistent with information required in the
application.
• Paragraph
211.11(1)“a” was revised to provide that the board reserves the
right to negotiate wage rates as well as other terms and conditions of the
contract.
The Vision Iowa Board also decided to follow the suggestions
received about simplifying the CAT application form and about the issuance of a
Notice of Intent to Award. The Board has asked staff to develop a more
streamlined version of the application for review by the Board at a future
meeting. A Notice of Intent to Award will be released by the Vision Iowa Board
after the selection process to allow time for public comment.
The IDED Board adopted the final amendments on October 19,
2000.
These amendments will become effective on December 20,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1174.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 261—Chapter
211, title, as follows:
CHAPTER 211
RECREATION, ENVIRONMENT, ART AND
CULTURAL HERITAGE INITIATIVE (REACH)—COMMUNITY ATTRACTION AND
TOURISM DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
ITEM 2. Amend the parenthetical
implementationin rules 261—211.1(78GA,HF772) through 261—
211.11(78GA,HF772) by striking “(78GA,HF772)” andinserting
“(78GA,ch1174).”
ITEM 3. Amend
261—211.1(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.1(78GA,ch1174) Purpose. The community
attraction and tourism development program, a component of the
recreation, environment, art and cultural heritage initiative (REACH),
is designed to assist communities in the development and creation of
multiple–purpose attraction and tourism facilities.
ITEM 4. Amend
261—211.2(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.2(78GA,ch1174) Definitions. When used
in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires:
“Activity” means one or more specific
activities or proj– ects assisted with community attraction and tourism
development funds.
“Attraction” means a permanently located
recreational, cultural, educational or entertainment activity, or
event that is available to the general public.
“Board” means the vision Iowa board established
by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, section 2.
“Community” or “political subdivision”
means a city or county, or an entity established pursuant to Iowa Code chapter
28E.
“Community attraction and tourism program review
committee” or “CAT review committee” means the committee
established by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, section 9, and identified as the
following members of the vision Iowa board: the three members of the general
public, one from each of the three tourism regions; the mayor of a city with a
population of less than 20,000; and the county supervisor from a county that has
a population ranking in the bottom 33 counties according to the 1990 census.
The chair and vice chair of the vision Iowa board may serve as ex officio
members of any subcommittee of the board.
“Department” or “IDED” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“Economic development organization” means an
entity organized to position a community to take advantage of economic
development opportunities and strengthen a community’s competitiveness as
a place to work and live.
“Float loan” or “interim
financing” means a short–term loan (maximum of 30 months) from
obligated but unexpended funds.
“Fund” means the community attraction and tourism
fund established pursuant to 1999 Iowa Acts, House File 772, section
3(2) 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, section 10(1).
“Loan” means an award of assistance with the
requirement that the award be repaid with term, interest rate, and other
conditions specified as part of the award. A deferred loan is one for which the
payment of principal, interest, or both, is not required for some specified
period. A forgivable loan is one for which repayment is eliminated in part or
entirely if the borrower satisfies specified conditions.
“Local support” means endorsement by local
individuals or entities and organizations that have a
substantial interest in a project, particularly by those whose
opposition or indifference would hinder the activity’s
success.
“Nonfinancial support” may include, but is not
limited to, the value of labor and services which may not total more than 25
percent of a local match. Real property and personal property donated for
purposes of the project are considered financial support at their fair market
value.
“Private organization” means a corporation,
partnership, or other organization that is operated for profit.
“Program” means the community attraction and
tourism program established in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, section
8.
“Public organization” means a
not–for–profit economic development organization or other
not–for–profit organization that sponsors or
supports including those that sponsor or support community or
tourism attractions and activities.
“Recipient” means the entity under contract with
IDED the vision Iowa board to receive community
attraction and tourism development funds and undertake the funded
activity.
“Recreational and cultural attraction” means an
attraction that enhances the quality of life in the community.
“School district” means a school corporation
organized under Iowa Code chapter 274.
“Subrecipient” means a private organization or
other entity operating under an agreement or contract with a recipient to carry
out a funded community attraction and tourism development activity.
“Tourism opportunity” means a facility that
draws people into the community from at least 50 miles (one way) away from
home.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repair of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development, and recreational trails.
“Vertical infrastructure” does not include routine, recurring
maintenance or operational expenses or leasing of a building, appurtenant
structure, or utility without a lease–purchase agreement.
ITEM 5. Amend
261—211.3(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.3(78GA,ch1174) Program components
and eligibility requirements. There are
three two direct components to the community attraction
and tourism development program. The first component relates to community
attraction, tourism or leisure activities projects that
are sponsored by political subdivisions, and public
organizations, and school districts in cooperation with a city or county.
This component is referred to as the community attraction component.
The second component relates to the encouragement and creation of
public–private partnerships for exploring the development of new community
tourism and attraction activities. This component is referred to as the project
development component. A third The second component provides
community attraction and tourism development funds for interim financing for
eligible projects under the community attraction component. This component is
referred to as the interim financing component.
211.3(1) Community attraction component. The
objective of the community attraction component is to provide financial
assistance for community–sponsored attraction and tourism
activities projects. Community attraction projects may
include but are not limited to the following: museums, theme parks, cultural
and recreational centers, heritage attractions, sports arenas and other
attractions.
211.3(2) Project development
component. The department, at its discretion, may also provide funding for
project development related to proposed activities under this program. Project
development assistance could be for the purpose of assisting in departmental
evaluation of proposals, or could be one of the proposed activities in a funding
request whose further project development could reasonably be expected to lead
to an eligible community attraction and tourism development activity.
Feasibility studies are eligible for assistance under this
component.
211.3(3) 211.3(2) Interim
financing component.
a. The objective of the community attraction and tourism
development interim financing component is to provide short–term financial
assistance for eligible community attraction and tourism
activities projects. Financial assistance may be
provided as a float loan. A float loan may only be made for
activities projects that can provide the
department vision Iowa board with an irrevocable letter
of credit or equivalent security instrument from a lending institution rated AA
or better, assignable to IDED in an amount equal to or greater
than the principal amount of the loan.
b. Applications for float loans shall be processed, reviewed
and considered on a first–come, first–served basis to the extent
funds are available. Applications that are incomplete or require additional
information, investigation or extended negotiation may lose funding priority.
Applications for float loans shall meet all other criteria required for the
community attraction component.
ITEM 6. Amend
261—211.4(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.4(78GA,ch1174) Allocation of
funds.
211.4(1) Except as otherwise noted in this rule, all
community attraction and tourism development funds shall be awarded for
activities projects as specified in rule
211.3(78GA,ch1174).
211.4(2) IDED may retain a
portion of community attraction and tourism development funds for administrative
costs associated with program implementation and operation. The percent of
funds retained for administrative costs shall not exceed 1 percent in any
year.
211.4(3) For the fiscal year
beginning July 1, 1999, $400,000 is allocated from the fund to be used to
provide grants to up to three political subdivisions, in an amount not to exceed
$200,000 per grant. The purpose of the three grants is to study the feasibility
and viability of developing and creating a multiple–purpose attraction and
tourism facility.
211.4(2) One–third of the moneys shall
be allocated to provide assistance to cities and counties which meet the
following criteria:
a. A city which has a population of 10,000 or less
according to the most recently published census.
b. A county which has a population that ranks in the bottom
33 counties according to the most recently published census.
211.4(3) Two–thirds of the moneys
shall be allocated to provide assistance to any city and county in the state,
which may include a city or county included under subrule
211.4(2).
211.4(4) If two or more cities or counties
submit a joint project application for financial assistance under the program,
all joint applicants must meet the criteria of subrule 211.4(2) in order to
receive any moneys allocated under that subrule.
211.4(5) If any portion of the allocated
moneys under subrule 211.4(2) has not been awarded by April 1 of the fiscal year
for which the allocation is made, the portion which has not been awarded may be
utilized by the vision Iowa board to provide financial assistance under the
program to any city or county in the state.
ITEM 7. Amend
261—211.5(78GA,ch1174), introductory paragraph, as follows:
261—211.5(78GA,ch1174) Eligible applicants.
Eligible applicants for community attraction and tourism development funds
include political subdivisions, and public
organizations, and school districts in cooperation with a city or
county.
ITEM 8. Amend
261—211.6(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.6(78GA,ch1174) Eligible
activities projects and forms of
assistance—all components.
211.6(1) Eligible activities
projects include those which are related to a community or tourism
attraction, and which would position a community to take advantage of economic
development opportunities in tourism and strengthen a community’s
competitiveness as a place to work and live. Eligible
activities projects include building construction or
reconstruction, rehabilitation, conversion, acquisition, demolition for the
purpose of clearing lots for development, site improvement, equipment purchases,
and other activities proj– ects as may be deemed
appropriate by IDED the vision Iowa board.
211.6(2) Eligible forms of assistance include
grants,interest–bearing loans, non–interest–bearing loans,
float loans under the interim financing component, interest subsidies, deferred
payment loans, forgivable loans, loan guarantees, or other forms of assistance
as may be approved by IDED the vision Iowa
board.
211.6(3) Financial assistance for an eligible
activity project may be provided in the form of a
multiyear award to be paid in increments over a period of years, subject to the
availability of funds.
211.6(4) IDED, with the approval of the chair or
vice chair of the vision Iowa board, reserves the right to negotiate
the terms of an award make technical corrections which are within
the intent of the terms of a board–approved award.
211.6(5) Recipients Applicants
may use community attraction and tourism funds in conjunction with other
sources of funding must report other sources of funding or pending
funding, public or private, for the project including the local recreation
infrastructure grants program administered by the department of natural
resources and the Iowa historic site preservation program administered by the
department of cultural affairs. IDED may consult with appropriate staff from
the department of cultural affairs and the department of natural resources to
coordinate the review of applications under the programs.
ITEM 9. Amend subrules 211.7(1) and
211.7(3) as follows:
211.7(1) The department vision
Iowa board shall not approve an application for assistance under this
program to refinance an existing loan.
211.7(3) The department vision
Iowa board shall not approve an application for assistance in which
community attraction and tourism development funding would constitute more than
50 percent of the total project costs. A portion of the resources provided by
the applicant for project costs may be in the form of in–kind or
noncash nonfinancial contributions.
ITEM 10. Amend
261—211.8(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.8(78GA,ch1174) Threshold application
requirements. To be considered for funding under the community attraction
and tourism development program, an application must meet the following
threshold requirements:
211.8(1) There must be demonstrated local support for
the proposed activity.
211.8(2) A need for community attraction and tourism
development program funds must exist after other financial resources have been
identified for the proposed activity project.
211.8(3) Some portion of the The
proposed activity project must primarily
involve the creation or renovation of vertical infrastructure with
demonstrated substantial regional or statewide economic impact.
211.8(4) The project must provide and pay at
least 50 percent of the cost of a standard medical insurance plan for all
full–time employees working at the project after the completion of the
project for which financial assistance was received.
ITEM 11. Amend
261—211.9(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.9(78GA,ch1174) Application review criteria.
Applications meeting the threshold requirements of rule 211.8(78GA,ch1174)
will be reviewed by IDED staff and passed on to the vision Iowa
board. IDED staff shall provide a review, analysis and evaluation
of the applications to the CAT review committee of the vision Iowa board. All
eligible applications will be reviewed by the vision Iowa board. The CAT review
committee shall evaluate and rank applications based on the following
criteria:
211.9(1) Feasibility (0–25 points). The
feasibility of the existing or proposed facility to remain a viable enterprise.
(0–25 points). The applicant’s comprehensive
business plan and operational plan will be reviewed as part of this
criterion. Rating factors for this criterion include, but are not limited
to, the following: analysis of the comprehensive business plan which shall
include a description of initial capitalization, sources of funding,
project budget, detailed financial projections for five years,
marketing analysis, marketing plan, management team, and operational plan
that provides detailed information about how the proposed attraction will be
operated and maintained including a time line for implementing the project.
In order to be eligible for funding, proposals must score at least 15 points on
this rating factor.
211.9(2) Economic impact (0–25 points). Number
of jobs created and other measure measures of economic
impact including long–term tax generation, but excluding the use of
economic multipliers. The evaluation of the economic impact of a proposed
activity project shall also include a review of the
wages, and benefits, (including
health benefits) associated with the jobs to be created, safety, and
other attributes of the activity project that would
improve the quality of attraction and tourism employment in the community.
Additionally, the economic impact of an activity may the
project shall also be reviewed based on the degree to which
the activity project enhances the quality of life in a
community and; increases the recreational and cultural
attraction and tourism opportunities; contributes to the community’s
efforts to retain and attract a skilled workforce; and creatively uses
existing resources in the community. In order to be eligible for funding,
proposals must score at least 15 points on this rating factor.
211.9(3) Leveraged activity (0–10
points). The degree to which the facility or project will stimulate
the development of other community attraction and tourism
activities recreational and cultural attractions or tourism
opportunities and enhance economic growth and job opportunities.
(0–25 points). In order to be eligible for funding,
proposals must score at least 15 6 points on this rating
factor.
211.9(4) Geographic
diversity. The extent to which facilities are located in different regions of
the state (0–10 points).
211.9(5) 211.9(4)
Local match Matching funds (0–25 points).
The proportion of local nonstate match to be contributed
to the project, and the extent of public and private participation
(0–15 points). Moneys expended toward implementation
of the project after May 9, 2000, may be considered to be a local match. Moneys
raised at any time but not yet spent may also be considered to be a local
match.
211.9(5) Planning principles (0–10
points). The extent to which the project has taken the following planning
principles into consideration:
a. Efficient and effective use of land resources and
existing infrastructure by encouraging development in areas with existing
infrastructure or capacity to avoid costly duplication of services and costly
use of land.
b. Provision for a variety of transportation choices,
including pedestrian traffic.
c. Maintenance of unique sense of place by respecting and
enhancing local cultural, historical and natural environmental
features.
d. Conservation of open space and farmland and preservation
of critical environmental areas.
e. Promotion of the safety, livability, and revitalization
of existing urban and rural communities.
211.9(6) Technology and values (0–5
points). Whether the project has taken the following into
consideration:
a. Extent to which the project encourages technologies that
allow regional or statewide access for long–distance learning and Internet
access to facility resources.
b. Extent to which the project enhances education, wellness
(health), and breadth of the project to attract Iowans of all
ages.
c. Extent to which facilities are nonsmoking.
d. Extent to which facilities enhance or promote fine arts.
For purposes of this paragraph, “fine arts” means “fine
arts” as defined in Iowa Code section 304A.8(2) and also includes
landscaping.
A minimum score of 65 points is needed for a project to be
recommended for funding.
ITEM 12. Amend rule
261—211.10(78GA,ch1174) as follows:
261—211.10(78GA,ch1174) Application procedure.
Subject to availability of funds, applications are reviewed and
rated by IDED staff on an ongoing basis and reviewed at least
quarterly by the board. Applications will be reviewed by staff for
completeness and eligibility. If additional information is required, the
applicant shall be provided with notice, in writing, to submit additional
information. The IDED staff may refer applications to the project
development component, subject to the availability of funds.
Recommendations A review, analysis and evaluation from the IDED
staff will be submitted to the director of the department
the CAT review committee of the board who will then make a final recommendation
to the complete board for final approval, denial or deferral. The vision
Iowa board has the option to fund a component of a proposed project if the
entire project does not qualify for funding.
211.10(1) No change.
211.10(2) IDED may provide technical assistance to
applicants as necessary. IDED staff and board members may conduct
on–site evaluations of proposed activities
projects.
211.10(3) Applications shall include, at a minimum,
the information detailed in rule 211.9(78GA,ch1174), application review
criteria. A comprehensive business plan must accompany the
application and shall include at least the following information: initial
capitalization including a description of sources of funding, project budget,
financial projections, marketing analysis, marketing plan, management team, and
the operational plan including a time line for implementing the activity.
Additionally, applicants shall also provide the following information: the
number of jobs to be created, and the wages and benefits associated with those
jobs; direct measures of economic impact including long–term tax
generation, but excluding the use of economic multipliers; a description of the
current attraction and tourism employment opportunities in the community
including information about wages, benefits and safety; and a description of how
the activity will enhance the quality of life in a community and contribute to
the community’s efforts to retain and attract a skilled
workforce.
ITEM 13. Amend subrule 211.11(1) as
follows:
211.11(1) Administration of awards.
a. A contract shall be executed between the recipient
and IDED the vision Iowa board. These rules and
applicable state laws and regulations shall be part of the contract. The
board reserves the right to negotiate wage rates as well as other terms and
conditions of the contract.
b. The recipient must execute and return the contract to
IDED the vision Iowa board within 45 days of transmittal
of the final contract from IDED the vision Iowa board.
Failure to do so may be cause for IDED the vision Iowa board
to terminate the award.
c. Certain activities projects may
require that permits or clearances be obtained from other state or local
agencies before the activity project may proceed.
Awards may be conditioned upon the timely completion of these
requirements.
d. Awards may be conditioned upon commitment of other sources
of funds necessary to complete the activity
project.
e. Awards may be conditioned upon IDED receipt and
board approval of an implementation plan for the funded
activity project.
ITEM 14. Amend subrule 211.11(5) as
follows:
211.11(5) Amendments to contracts. Any substantive
change to a contract shall be considered an amendment. Changes include time
extensions, budget revisions and significant alteration of the funded
activities project that change the scope, location,
objectives or scale of the approved activity project.
Amendments must be requested in writing by the recipient and are not considered
valid until approved by the vision Iowa board and
approved confirmed in writing by IDED following the
procedure specified in the contract between the recipient and IDED.
ITEM 15. Amend subrule 211.11(8) as
follows:
211.11(8) Remedies for noncompliance. At any
time before contract closeout, IDED the board may, for
cause, find that a recipient is not in compliance with the requirements of this
program. At IDED’s the board’s discretion,
remedies for noncompliance may include penalties up to and including the return
of program funds to IDED the board. Reasons for a
finding of noncompliance include but are not limited to the recipient’s
use of funds for activities not described in the contract, the recipient’s
failure to complete funded activities projects in a
timely manner, the recipient’s failure to comply with applicable state or
local rules or regulations or the lack of a continuing capacity of the recipient
to carry out the approved activity project in a timely
manner.
ITEM 16. Amend 261—Chapter 211,
implementation clause, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement 1999 Iowa Acts,
House File 772, section 3, subsection 2, and sections 23and 24 2000
Iowa Acts, chapter 1174.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0270B
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT
OF[261]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and
15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development adopts new Chapter 212,
“Vision Iowa Program,” and Chapter 213, “Vision Iowa Board:
Uniform Waiver and Variance Rules,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Chapter 212, “Vision Iowa Program,” establishes
program guidelines, describes application procedures, outlines review criteria,
and provides information on program administration. Chapter 213, “Vision
Iowa Board: Uniform Waiver and Variance Rules,” describes the procedures
for applying for, issuing or denying waivers and variances from Vision Iowa
Board rules.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 6, 2000, as ARC 0118B.
Public hearings to receive comments about the new chapters
were held on September 27, 2000, and September 29, 2000. Both hearings were
well attended. Individuals participated in the public hearings at IDED and
through 36 ICN sites, 16 remote sites on September 27 and 20 remote sites on
September 29.
Input from the public can be characterized as falling into
three general categories: (1) comments relating to legislative requirements
outlined in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, (2) comments about the application
process, and (3) requests for specific revisions to the rules. A more detailed
summary of the comments received is available on the Vision Iowa Board’s
Web site at www.visioniowa.org.
The key policy issues emerging from the public hearings were
as follows:
(1) Public art. A request was made to set aside up to 1
percent of Vision Iowa funds to promote fine arts in projects receiving Vision
Iowa assistance.
(2) Wage rate. The Vision Iowa Board was asked to reconsider
its decision not to include a wage requirement for jobs associated with Vision
Iowa projects.
(3) Local match, specifically, what constitutes eligible local
match. Questions were raised about how far back in time an applicant will be
permitted to go to count expenditures to meet the local match requirement. For
example, commenters asked whether the value of land can be considered match if
land has already been purchased and whether the value of the completed a portion
of a phased project can be treated as match.
(4) Application process. Several participants requested that
the application form be simplified and streamlined. Requests were received to
establish an “Intent to Apply” process. The Intent to Apply concept
could provide the Vision Iowa Board with notice of anticipated applications and
the likely time line for submittal. An “Intent to Award” process
was also suggested. This process was described as an opportunity to provide the
public with one last time period (e.g., 10 to 14 days) to comment on the award
before contracts are executed.
In addition to these four main policy issues, several
technical corrections were requested. The corrections were suggested in order
to avoid duplication within the rules and to provide consistency with the Vision
Iowa legislation.
The Vision Iowa Board met on October 11, 2000, to review the
comments from the public hearing. A special meeting of the Board was also held
on October 20, 2000, to clarify the local match requirements and to discuss
whether to include a wage threshold. Each of the above policy issues and
technical corrections was discussed. As a result of the comments received, the
following revisions were made to the rules:
• Rule 212.1(78GA,ch1174)
was amended to include the word “entertainment” to be consistent
with governing legislation. The last sentence in the rule now reads as follows:
“The vision Iowa board will support projects that build on Iowa’s
unique assets and values and expand the recreational, cultural, educational, and
entertainment opportunities in the state.”
• In rule
212.2(78GA,ch1174), the definition of “attraction” was revised to
include the word “educational” and now reads as follows:
“‘Attraction’ means a permanently located recreational,
cultural, educational or entertainment activity that is available to the general
public.”
• A sentence was added in
the introductory paragraph of rule 212.8(78GA,ch1174) to clarify that all
applications will be reviewed by the Vision Iowa Board.
• Rule 212.8(78GA,ch1174)
containing application review criteria was revised to incorporate application
requirements previously located in proposed subrules 212.9(4) and 212.9(5). A
sentence was added to subrule 212.8(1) regarding the feasibility criterion to
clarify that the applicant’s comprehensive business plan and operational
plan will be reviewed to assess project feasibility. Details about the content
of the business plan, specifically, those concerning sources of funding and
financial projections including revenues and expenses for five years, that were
described in proposed subrules 212.9(4) and 212.9(5) are now included under this
criterion. An expanded description of the contents of the operational plan has
been relocated from proposed subrule 212.9(4) to subrule 212.8(1). The revised
subrule states that an operational plan “shall provide detailed
information about how the proposed attraction will be operated and maintained
including a time line for implementing the project.”
• Subrule 212.8(2) regarding
economic impact states that an application must include a description of its
long–term tax generation. This measurement excludes the use of economic
multipliers. This exclusion was referenced in proposed subrule 212.9(5), but
not subrule 212.8(2). This omission has been corrected. The restriction on the
use of economic multipliers is in revised subrule 212.8(2). Also added to this
subrule is a phrase to clarify that the application must include a review of the
wages and benefits associated with the jobs to be created.
• The following sentences
were added to subrule 212.8(4), pertaining to matching funds, to resolve the
issue of how far back an applicant would be permitted to go to count
expenditures as matching funds: “Moneys expended toward implementation of
the project after May 9, 2000, may be considered to be a local match. Moneys
raised at any time but not yet spent may also be considered to be a local
match.” The Vision Iowa Board selected May 9, 2000, as the cutoff date
because this was the date 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, was signed by the
governor. It was the consensus of the Board that, on or after this date,
potential applicants may have reasonably initiated steps to facilitate project
development.
• In subrule 212.8(5)
pertaining to planning principles, the phrase “and enhancing” was
added to paragraph “c.” The paragraph now reads as
follows:
“c. Maintenance of unique sense of place by respecting
and enhancing local cultural, historical and natural environmental
features.”
• Subrule 212.8(6)
establishes review factors for the technology and values criteria. The phrase
“regional or statewide” was to paragraph “a.” The
paragraph now reads:
“a. Extent to which the project encourages technologies
that allow for regional or statewide access for long–distance learning and
Internet access to facility resources.”
The proposed language required access to such technologies so
“all Iowa communities may benefit from the development.” This
phrase was not adopted as part of paragraph “a.” This change was in
response to a comment that providing access to “all Iowa
communities” was too broad a standard. There was also a request to allow
access to technologies on a regional basis. Adopted paragraph “a”
permits an applicant to demonstrate either statewide or regional access to
technologies that encourage long–distance learning and use of the
Internet.
Also in subrule 212.8(6), a new paragraph “d” was
added that takes into account the extent to which the facilities enhance or
promote fine arts. For purposes of this paragraph, “fine arts”
means “fine arts” as defined in Iowa Code section 304A.8(2) and also
includes landscaping. Rather than set aside at least 1 percent of Vision Iowa
funds for projects that promote public art, as suggested during the public
hearing process, the Vision Iowa Board voted to include this item as a review
criterion under this subrule.
• Proposed subrules 212.9(4)
and 212.9(5) were not adopted. However, new subrule 212.9(4) was adopted
stating that applications must contain information detailed in rule
212.8(78GA,ch1174).
• In rule
212.10(78GA,ch1174) regarding administration of awards, the following sentence
was added to subrule 212.10(1): “The board reserves the right to
negotiate wage rates as well as other terms and conditions of the
contract.”
The Vision Iowa Board also decided to follow the suggestions
received which requested that applicants submit a Notice of Intent to Apply and
that the Board issue Notices of Intent to Award. Applicants will be asked, but
are not required, to submit a Notice of Intent to Apply to alert the Board to
pending applications and the anticipated submittal date. A Notice of Intent to
Award will be released by the Vision Iowa Board after the selection process to
allow time for public comment.
The IDED Board adopted these rules on October 19,
2000.
These rules will become effective on December 20,
2000.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1174.
The following new chapters are
adopted.
CHAPTER 212
VISION IOWA PROGRAM
261—212.1(78GA,ch1174) Purpose. The
vision Iowa board is charged by the Iowa legislature and the governor with
establishing, overseeing and providing approval of the administration of the
vision Iowa program and the community attraction and tourism program of the
state of Iowa. The board will encourage and support creative projects that
enhance the lives of Iowans throughout the state, will encourage and support
visionary thinking in cities and towns and counties of all sizes and in all
areas, and will leverage state money as heavily as possible to attract funds for
these projects from other sources. The vision Iowa board will support projects
that build on Iowa’s unique assets and values and expand the recreational,
cultural, educational, and entertainment opportunities in the state.
261—212.2(78GA,ch1174) Definitions. When used
in this chapter, the following definitions apply unless the context otherwise
requires:
“Attraction” means a permanently located
recreational, cultural, educational or entertainment activity that is available
to the general public.
“Board” means the vision Iowa board as established
in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174.
“Department” or “IDED” means the Iowa
department of economic development.
“Economic development organization” means an
entity organized to position a community to take advantage of economic
development opportunities and strengthen a community’s competitiveness as
a place to work and live.
“Float loan” or “interim financing”
means a short–term loan (maximum of 30 months) from obligated but
unexpended funds.
“Fund” means the vision Iowa fund established
pursuant to 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, section 16(1).
“Loan” means an award of assistance with the
requirement that the award be repaid with term, interest rate, and other
conditions specified as part of the award. A deferred loan is one for which the
payment of principal, interest, or both, is not required for some specified
period. A forgivable loan is one for which repayment is eliminated in part or
entirely if the borrower satisfies specified conditions.
“Local support” means endorsement by local
individuals and organizations that have a substantial interest in a
project.
“Major tourism facility” means a project of at
least $20 million in scope that has substantial regional or statewide economic
impact.
“Nonfinancial support” may include, but is not
limited to, the value of labor and services which may not total more than 25
percent of a local match. Real property and personal property donated for
purposes of the project are considered financial support at their fair market
value.
“Political subdivision” means a city or county, or
an entity established pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E.
“Private organization” means a corporation,
partnership, or other organization that is operated for profit.
“Program” means the vision Iowa program
established in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174.
“Public organization” means a
not–for–profit economic development organization or other
not–for–profit organization including those that sponsor or support
community or tourism attractions and activities.
“Recipient” means the entity under contract with
the vision Iowa board to receive vision Iowa funds and undertake the funded
project.
“School district” means a school corporation
organized under Iowa Code chapter 274.
“Subrecipient” means a private organization or
other entity operating under an agreement or contract with a recipient to carry
out a funded vision Iowa project.
“Vertical infrastructure” means land acquisition
and construction, major renovation and major repairs of buildings, all
appurtenant structures, utilities, site development, and recreational trails.
“Vertical infrastructure” does not include routine, recurring
maintenance or operational expenses or leasing of a building, appurtenant
structure, or utility without a lease–purchase agreement.
“Vision Iowa program review committee” means the
committee established by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, and identified as the
following members of the vision Iowa board: the four members of the general
public, the mayor of a city with a population of 20,000 or more, the director of
the Iowa department of economic development, the treasurer of state or designee,
and the auditor of state or designee. The chair and vice chair of the vision
Iowa board may serve as ex officio members of any subcommittee of the
board.
261—212.3(78GA,ch1174) Allocation of funds.
Except as otherwise noted in 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174, all vision Iowa funds
shall be awarded for projects as specified in Iowa Code section 12.72.
261—212.4(78GA,ch1174) Eligible
applicants.
212.4(1) Eligible applicants for vision Iowa funds
include political subdivisions, public organizations, and school districts in
cooperation with a city or county.
212.4(2) Any eligible applicant may apply directly or
on behalf of a subrecipient.
212.4(3) Any eligible applicant may apply individually
or jointly with another eligible applicant or other eligible
applicants.
261—212.5(78GA,ch1174) Eligible projects and forms
of assistance.
212.5(1) Eligible projects include those which are
related to a major tourism facility which would position a community to take
advantage of economic development opportunities in tourism and strengthen a
community’s competitiveness as a place to work and live. Eligible
projects include building construction or reconstruction, rehabilitation,
conversion, acquisition, demolition for the purpose of clearing lots for
development, site improvement, equipment purchases, and other projects as may be
deemed appropriate by the vision Iowa board.
212.5(2) Eligible forms of assistance include
grants,interest–bearing loans, non–interest–bearing loans,
interim financing, interest subsidies, deferred payment loans, forgivable loans,
loan guarantees, float loans, or other forms of assistance as may be approved by
the vision Iowa board.
212.5(3) Financial assistance for an eligible project
may be provided in the form of a multiyear award to be paid in increments over a
period of years, subject to the availability of funds.
212.5(4) IDED, with the approval of the chair and vice
chair of the vision Iowa board, reserves the right to make technical corrections
which are within the intent of the terms of a board–approved
award.
212.5(5) Applicants must report other sources of
funding or pending funding, public or private, for the project including the
local recreation infrastructure grants program administered by the department of
natural resources and the Iowa historic site preservation program administered
by the department of cultural affairs. IDED may consult with appropriate staff
from the department of cultural affairs and the department of natural resources
to coordinate the review of applications under the programs.
261—212.6(78GA,ch1174) Ineligible projects. The
board shall not approve an application for assistance under this program under
any of the following circumstances:
1. To refinance an existing loan.
2. To fund a project that has previously received financial
assistance under the vision Iowa program, unless the applicant demonstrates that
the assistance would be used for a significant expansion of the
project.
3. A project in which vision Iowa funding would constitute
more than 50 percent of the total project costs. A portion of the resources
provided by the applicant for project costs may be in the form of nonfinancial
support.
261—212.7(78GA,ch1174) Threshold application
requirements. To be considered for funding under the vision Iowa program,
an application shall meet the following threshold requirements:
212.7(1) There must be demonstrated local support for
the proposed project.
212.7(2) A need for vision Iowa program funds must
exist after other financial resources have been identified for the proposed
project.
212.7(3) The proposed project must primarily involve
the creation or renovation of vertical infrastructure with demonstrated
substantial regional or statewide economic impact.
212.7(4) The project must provide and pay at least 50
percent of the cost of a standard medical insurance plan for all full–time
employees working at the project after the completion of the project for which
financial assistance was received.
261—212.8(78GA,ch1174) Application review
criteria. Applications meeting the threshold requirements of rule
212.7(78GA,ch1174) will be reviewed by IDED and passed on to the vision Iowa
board. IDED staff shall provide a review, analysis and evaluation of
applications to the vision Iowa program review committee of the vision Iowa
board. All eligible applications will be reviewed by the board. The vision
Iowa program review committee shall evaluate and rank applications based on the
following criteria:
212.8(1) Feasibility (0–25 points). The
feasibility of the existing or proposed facility to remain a viable enterprise.
The applicant’s comprehensive business plan and operational plan will be
reviewed as part of this criterion. Rating factors for this criterion include,
but are not limited to, the following: analysis of the comprehensive business
plan which shall include a description of initial capitalization, sources of
funding, project budget, detailed financial projections (including revenues and
expenses) for five years, marketing analysis, marketing plan, and management
team; and analysis of the operational plan which shall provide detailed
information about how the proposed attraction will be operated and maintained
including a time line for implementing the project. In order to be eligible for
funding, proposals must score at least 15 points on this rating
factor.
212.8(2) Economic impact (0–25 points). Number
of jobs created and other measures of economic impact including long–term
tax generation, but excluding the use of economic multipliers. The evaluation
of the economic impact of a proposed project shall also include a review of the
wages and benefits (including health benefits) associated with the jobs to be
created, safety, and other attributes of the project that would improve the
quality of employment in the community. Additionally, the economic impact of a
project shall be reviewed based on the degree to which the project enhances the
quality of life in a region, increases diversity of projects available,
contributes to the community’s efforts to retain and attract a skilled
workforce, and creatively uses existing resources in the community. In order to
be eligible for funding, proposals must score at least 15 points on this rating
factor.
212.8(3) Leveraged activity (0–10 points). The
degree to which the facility or project will stimulate the development of other
recreational and cultural attractions or tourism opportunities and enhance
economic growth and job opportunities. The degree to which the facility or
project is strategically aligned with other existing regional or statewide
cultural, recreational, entertainment, or educational activities in the
community. In order to be eligible for funding, proposals must score at least 6
points on this rating factor.
212.8(4) Matching funds (0–25 points). The
proportion of local match to be contributed to the project, and the extent of
public and private participation. Moneys expended toward implementation of the
project after May 9, 2000, may be considered to be a local match. Moneys raised
at any time but not yet spent may also be considered to be a local
match.
212.8(5) Planning principles (0–10 points). The
extent to which the project has taken the following planning principles into
consideration:
a. Efficient and effective use of land resources and existing
infrastructure by encouraging development in areas with existing infrastructure
or capacity to avoid costly duplication of services and costly use of
land.
b. Provision for a variety of transportation choices,
including pedestrian traffic.
c. Maintenance of unique sense of place by respecting and
enhancing local cultural, historical and natural environmental
features.
d. Conservation of open space and farmland and preservation of
critical environmental areas.
e. Promotion of the safety, livability, and revitalization of
existing urban and rural communities.
212.8(6) Technology and values (0–5 points).
Whether the project has taken the following into consideration:
a. Extent to which the project encourages technologies that
allow regional or statewide access for long–distance learning and Internet
access to facility resources.
b. Extent to which the project enhances education, wellness
(health), and breadth of the project to attract Iowans of all ages.
c. Extent to which facilities are nonsmoking.
d. Extent to which facilities enhance or promote fine arts.
For purposes of this paragraph, “fine arts” means “fine
arts” as defined in Iowa Code section 304A.8(2) and also includes
landscaping.
A minimum score of 65 points is required for a project to be
recommended for funding.
261—212.9(78GA,ch1174) Application
procedure.
212.9(1) Subject to availability of funds,
applications will be reviewed by IDED staff on an ongoing basis and reviewed at
least quarterly by the board. Applications will be reviewed by staff for
completeness and eligibility. If additional information is required, the
applicant shall be provided with notice, in writing, to submit additional
information. A review, analysis and evaluation from the IDED staff will be
submitted to the vision Iowa program review committee of the board who will then
make a final recommendation to the complete board for final approval, denial or
deferral. The vision Iowa board has the option to fund a component of a
proposed project if the entire project does not qualify for funding.
212.9(2) Application forms for vision Iowa are
available upon request from IDED, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309.
212.9(3) IDED may provide technical assistance as
necessary to applicants. IDED staff may conduct on–site evaluations of
proposed projects.
212.9(4) Applications shall include, at a minimum, the
information detailed in rule 212.8(78GA,ch1174).
261—212.10(78GA,ch1174) Administration of
awards.
212.10(1) A contract shall be executed between the
recipient and the vision Iowa board. These rules and applicable state laws and
regulations shall be part of the contract. The board reserves the right to
negotiate wage rates as well as other terms and conditions of the
contract.
212.10(2) The recipient must execute and return the
contract to the vision Iowa board within 45 days of transmittal of the final
contract from the vision Iowa board. Failure to do so may be cause for the
vision Iowa board to terminate the award.
212.10(3) Certain projects may require that permits or
clearances be obtained from other state or local agencies before the activity
may proceed. Awards may be conditioned upon the timely completion of these
requirements.
212.10(4) Awards may be conditioned upon commitment of
other sources of funds necessary to complete the project.
212.10(5) Amendments to contracts. Any substantive
change to a contract shall be considered an amendment. Changes include time
extensions, budget revisions and significant alteration of the funded projects
that change the scope, location, objectives or scale of the approved project.
Amendments must be requested in writing by the recipient and are not considered
valid until approved by the vision Iowa board and confirmed in writing by IDED
following the procedure specified in the contract between the recipient and the
vision Iowa board.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1174.
CHAPTER 213
VISION IOWA BOARD: UNIFORM WAIVER
AND
VARIANCE RULES
261—213.1(17A,ExecOrd11) Applicability. This
chapter outlines a uniform process for the granting of waivers or variances from
rules adopted by the board. The intent of this chapter is to allow persons to
seek exceptions to the application of rules issued by the board.
213.1(1) Definitions.
“Board” or “vision Iowa board” means
the vision Iowa board established by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174.
“Person” means an individual, corporation, limited
liability company, government or governmental subdivision or agency, business
trust, estate, trust, partnership or association, or any legal entity.
“Waiver or variance” means an agency action which
suspends in whole or in part the requirements or provisions of a rule as applied
to an identified person on the basis of the particular circumstances of that
person.
213.1(2) Authority.
a. A waiver or variance from rules adopted by the board may be
granted in accordance with this chapter if (1) the board has authority to
promulgate the rule from which waiver or variance is requested or has final
decision–making authority over a contested case in which a waiver or
variance is requested; and (2) no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant
of a waiver or variance from the rule from which waiver or variance is
requested.
b. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement
which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with
statute.
261—213.2(17A,ExecOrd11) Board discretion. The
decision on whether the circumstances justify the granting of a waiver or
variance shall be made at the discretion of the board upon consideration of all
relevant factors.
213.2(1) Criteria for waiver or variance. The board
may, in response to a completed petition or on its own motion, grant a waiver or
variance from a rule, in whole or in part, as applied to the circumstances of a
specified situation if the board finds each of the following:
a. Application of the rule to the person at issue would result
in hardship or injustice to that person; and
b. Waiver or variance on the basis of the particular
circumstances relative to that specified person would be consistent with the
public interest; and
c. Waiver or variance in the specific case would not prejudice
the substantial legal rights of any person; and
d. Where applicable, substantially equal protection of public
health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that
prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is
requested.
In determining whether waiver or variance should be granted,
the board shall consider whether the underlying public interest policies and
legislative intent of the rules are substantially equivalent to full compliance
with the rule. When the rule from which a waiver or variance is sought
establishes administrative deadlines, the board shall balance the special
individual circumstances of the petitioner with the overall goal of uniform
treatment of all licensees, grantees and constituents.
213.2(2) Special waiver or variance rules not
precluded. These uniform waiver and variance rules shall not preclude the board
from granting waivers or variances in other contexts or on the basis of other
standards if a statute or other board rule authorizes the board to do so, and
the board deems it appropriate to do so.
261—213.3(17A,ExecOrd11) Requester’s
responsibilities in filing a waiver or variance petition.
213.3(1) Application. All petitions for waiver or
variance must be submitted in writing to the Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand
Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–1819. If the petition relates to a pending
contested case, a copy of the petition shall also be filed in the contested case
proceeding.
213.3(2) Content of petition. A petition for waiver
or variance shall include the following information where applicable and known
to the requester (for an example of a petition for waiver or variance, see
Exhibit A at the end of this chapter):
a. A description and citation of the specific rule from which
a waiver or variance is requested.
b. The specific waiver or variance requested, including the
precise scope and operative period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
c. The relevant facts that the petitioner believes would
justify a waiver or variance.
d. A signed statement from the petitioner attesting to the
accuracy of the facts provided in the petition, and a statement of reasons that
the petitioner believes will justify a waiver or variance.
e. A history of any prior contacts between the board and the
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, grant, loan or other
financial assistance affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a
description of each affected license, grant, loan or other financial assistance
held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, grant or loan
within the last five years.
f. Any information known to the requester regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
g. The name, address, and telephone number of any public
agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question,
or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or variance.
h. The name, address, and telephone number of any person or
entity that would be adversely affected by the grant of a petition.
i. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with
knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or
variance.
j. Signed releases of information authorizing persons with
knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information relevant
to the waiver or variance.
213.3(3) Burden of persuasion. When a petition is
filed for a waiver or variance from a board rule, the burden of persuasion shall
be on the petitioner to demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the
board should exercise its discretion to grant the petitioner a waiver or
variance.
261—213.4(17A,ExecOrd11) Notice. The board
shall acknowledge a petition upon receipt. The board shall ensure that notice
of the pendency of the petition and a concise summary of its contents have been
provided to all persons to whom notice is required by any provision of law
within 30 days of the receipt of the petition. In addition, the board may give
notice to other persons. To accomplish this notice provision, the board may
require the petitioner to serve the notice on all persons to whom notice is
required by any provision of law, and provide a written statement to the board
attesting that notice has been provided.
261—213.5(17A,ExecOrd11) Board responsibilities
regarding petition for waiver or variance.
213.5(1) Additional information. Prior to issuing an
order granting or denying a waiver or variance, the board may request additional
information from the petitioner relative to the petition and surrounding
circumstances. If the petition was not filed in a contested case, the board
may, on its own motion or at the petitioner’s request, schedule a
telephonicor in–person meeting between the petitioner and the
board’s designee, a committee of the board, or a quorum of the
board.
213.5(2) Hearing procedures. The provisions of Iowa
Code sections 17A.10 to 17A.18A regarding contested case hearings shall apply in
three situations: (a) to any petition for a waiver or variance of rule filed
within a contested case; (b) when the board so provides by rule or order; or (c)
when a statute so requires.
213.5(3) Ruling. An order granting or denying a
waiver or variance shall be in writing and shall contain a reference to the
particular person and rule or portion thereof to which the order pertains, a
statement of the relevant facts and reasons upon which the action is based, and
a description of the precise scope and operative period of the waiver if one is
issued.
213.5(4) Conditions. The board may condition the
grant of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to
achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative
means.
213.5(5) Time for ruling. The board shall grant or
deny a petition for a waiver or variance as soon as practicable but, in any
event, shall do so within 120 days of its receipt, unless the petitioner agrees
to a later date. However, if a petition is filed in a contested case, the board
shall grant or deny the petition no later than the time at which the final
decision in that contested case is issued.
213.5(6) When deemed denied. Failure of the board to
grant or deny a petition within the required time period shall be deemed a
denial of that petition by the board.
213.5(7) Service of order. Within seven days of its
issuance, any order issued under this chapter shall be transmitted to the
petitioner or the person to whom the order pertains, and to any other person
entitled to such notice by any provision of law.
261—213.6(17A,ExecOrd11) Public availability.
Subject to the provisions of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)“e,” the
board shall maintain a record of all orders granting or denying waivers and
variances under this chapter. All final rulings in response to requests for
waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at
the Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309–
1819.
261—213.7(17A,ExecOrd11) Voiding or
cancellation. A waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which
the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The
board may at any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice if the
board finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts
have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver
or variance have failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the
requester has failed to comply with the conditions of the order.
261—213.8(17A,ExecOrd11) Violations. Violation
of conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation
of the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is
subject to the same remedies or penalties.
261—213.9(17A,ExecOrd11) Defense. After the
board issues an order granting a waiver or variance, the order is a defense
within its terms and the specific facts indicated therein for the person to whom
the order pertains in any proceeding in which the rule in question is sought to
be invoked.
261—213.10(17A,ExecOrd 11) Appeals. Granting
or denying a request for waiver or variance is final agency action under Iowa
Code chapter 17A. An appeal to district court shall be taken within 30 days of
the issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is
provided by rule or statute.
Exhibit A
Sample Petition (Request) for
Waiver/Variance
BEFORE THE VISION IOWA BOARD
|
Petition by (insert name of petitioner) for the waiver of
(insert rule citation) relating to (insert the subject matter).
|
}
|
PETITION FOR WAIVER
|
Requests for waiver or variance from a board rule shall
include the following information in the petition for waiver or variance where
applicable and known:
a. Provide the petitioner’s (person asking for a waiver
or variance) name, address, and telephone number.
b. Describe and cite the specific rule from which a waiver or
variance is requested.
c. Describe the specific waiver or variance requested; include
the exact scope and time period that the waiver or variance will
extend.
d. Explain the important facts that the petitioner believes
justify a waiver or variance. Include in your answer why (1) applying the rule
will result in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and (2) granting a
waiver or variance to the petitioner is consistent with the public interest; and
(3) granting the waiver or variance will not prejudice the substantial legal
rights of any person; and (4) where applicable, how substantially equal
protection of public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means
other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or
variance is requested.
e. Provide history of prior contacts between the board and
petitioner relating to the regulated activity, license, grant, loan or other
financial assistance that would be affected by the waiver or variance; include a
description of each affected license, grant, loan or other financial assistance
held by the petitioner, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or
investigative reports relating to the regulated activity, license, grant or loan
within the past five years.
f. Provide information known to the petitioner regarding the
board’s treatment of similar cases.
g. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in
question, or which might be affected by the grant of a waiver or
variance.
h. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person or entity that would be adversely affected or disadvantaged by the grant
of the waiver or variance.
i. Provide the name, address, and telephone number of any
person with knowledge of the relevant or important facts relating to the
requested waiver or variance.
j. Provide signed releases of information authorizing persons
with knowledge regarding the request to furnish the board with information
relevant to the waiver or variance.
I hereby attest to the accuracy and truthfulness of the above
information.
_______________________________ __________
Petitioner’s signature Date
Petitioner should note the following when requesting or
petitioning for a waiver or variance:
1. The petitioner has the burden of proving to the board, by
clear and convincing evidence, the following: (a) application of the rule to
the petitioner would result in hardship or injustice to the petitioner; and (b)
waiver or variance on the basis of the particular circumstances relative to the
petitioner would be consistent with the public interest; and (c) waiver or
variance in the specific case would not prejudice the substantial legal rights
of any person; and (d) where applicable, how substantially equal protection of
public health, safety, and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that
prescribed in the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is
requested.
2. The board may request additional information from or
request an informal meeting with the petitioner prior to issuing a ruling
granting or denying a request for waiver or variance.
3. All petitions for waiver or variance must be submitted in
writing to the Vision Iowa Board, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa
50309–1819. If the petition relates to a pending contested case, a copy
of the petition shall also be filed in the contested case proceeding.
These rules are intended to implement Executive Order Number
11, Iowa Code chapter 17A, and 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1174.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0292B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of this amendment is to clarify the requirements
for a one–year conditional license. This amendment removes any potential
confusion with regard to the requirements necessary for the issuance of the
conditional license under this option.
The Board has documented the need for this amendment through
its practical work with applicants seeking Iowa licensure both from
out–of–state institutions and with recent graduates of Iowa colleges
and universities offering approved practitioner preparation programs.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9927A. A public hearing
on the proposed amendment was held on July 27, 2000, and no one attended this
hearing. No written comments were received.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
This amendment will become effective January 1,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 282—14.15 (272), introductory paragraph, as
follows:
282—14.15(272) Requirements for a one–year
conditional license. A conditional license valid for one year may be issued
to an individual who has completed a practitioner preparation
program under the following conditions:
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0296B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
This amendment eliminates the requirement for an individual to
teach one hour per day for 160 days if the individual does not meet the teaching
experience required for an endorsement. The amendment specifies the
prerequisite teaching or administrative experience necessary for the issuance of
a conditional license for the principal’s or superintendent’s
endorsement.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9929A. A public hearing
on the amendment was held on July 27, 2000. No one attended the meeting, and no
written comments were received.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
This amendment will becomes effective January 1,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend rule 282—14.16(272) as follows:
282—14.16(272) Requirements for a two–year
conditional license. A conditional license valid for two years may be
issued to an individual under the following conditions:
If a person is the holder of a valid license and is the holder
of one or more endorsements, but is seeking to obtain some other endorsement, a
two–year conditional license may be issued if requested by an employer and
the individual seeking this endorsement has completed at least two–thirds
of the content requirements or one–half of the content requirements in a
state–designated shortage area, leading to completion of all requirements
for that endorsement.
If teaching experience is a requirement of the
endorsement sought, a maximum of one year of teaching experience may be earned
within the term of the conditional license by teaching a minimum of one hour per
day for a minimum of 160 days per year in a classroom for which the applicant
holds the proper endorsement. For the principal’s endorsement,
three years of teaching experience must have been met prior to applying for the
conditional license. For the superintendent’s endorsement,
all experience requirements three years of teaching
experience and three years as a building principal or other PK–12
districtwide or intermediate agency experience are acceptable for becoming a
superintendent, and must have been met prior to applying for the
conditional license.
A school district administrator may file a written request
with the board for an exception to the minimum content requirements on the basis
of documented need and benefit to the instructional program. The board will
review the request and provide a written decision either approving or denying
the request.
This license is not renewable.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0293B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments revise the elementary and secondary school
counselor competencies in subrules 14.20(5) and 14.20(6).
These amendments eliminate a course–based system for
counselor endorsements and replace it with a competency–based system.
These amendments also permit a person with a bachelor’s degree from an
accredited college to enter the program, and they mandate a practicum of a
minimum of 500 contact hours.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9920A. A public hearing
on the proposed amendments was held on July 27, 2000. Two persons attended the
meeting, and seven written comments were received, all supporting the proposed
changes. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action. The effective date has been changed to January 1, 2001, on the
basis of suggestions by representatives from institutions of higher education
indicating that they are ready to implement the changes at that time.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
These amendments will become effective on January 1,
2001.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [14.20(5), 14.20(6)] is being omitted. These amendments are
identical to those published under Notice as ARC 9920A, IAB
6/28/00.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0294B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The amendment reinstates the general science endorsement
previously issued by the Board of Educational Examiners which was rescinded on
July 1, 2000.
This amendment provides greater opportunities for applicants
to receive a science endorsement and the general science endorsement.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9928A. A public hearing
on the proposed amendment was held on July 27, 2000, and no one attended the
meeting. No written comments were received.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
This amendment will become effective January 1,
2001.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend paragraph 14.21(17)“e” as follows:
e. General science. 7–12. Rescinded IAB
4/7/99, effective 7/1/00. Completion of 24 semester hours in science
to include coursework in biological science, chemistry, and
physics.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0295B
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS
BOARD[282]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the
Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, “Issuance of
Practitioner’s Licenses and Endorsements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
These amendments modify the two–year administrator
exchange license. One amendment changes the terminology “home
state” to “preparation state.” This change eliminates
potential confusion as the current terminology could be easily confused as the
state of residence rather than the state in which the preparation was completed.
The other amendment changes the term of teaching experience required for this
exchange license.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on June 28, 2000, as ARC 9921A. A public hearing
on the proposed amendments was held on July 27, 2000. No one attended the
meeting, and no written comments were received. These amendments are identical
to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
272.
These amendments will become effective January 1,
2001.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend rule 282—14.25(272) as follows:
282—14.25(272) Two–year administrator exchange
license.
14.25(1) A two–year nonrenewable exchange
license may be issued to an individual under the following conditions. The
individual:
a. Has completed a state–approved teacher education
program in a college or university approved by the state board of education or
the state board of educational examiners in the individual’s home
state preparation state.
b. Has completed a state–approved administrator
education program in a college or university approved by the state board of
education or the state board of educational examiners in the individual’s
home state preparation state.
c. Holds a valid regular administrative certificate or
license.
d. Is not subject to any pending disciplinary proceedings in
any state.
e. Meets the experience requirements for the administrative
endorsements. Verified successful completion of five
three years of full–time teaching and
administrative experience in other states, on a valid license, shall be
considered equivalent experience necessary for the principal endorsement.
Verified successful completion of eight six years of
full–time teaching and administrative experience in other states, on a
valid license, shall be considered equivalent experience for the superintendent
endorsement provided that at least three years were as a teacher and at
least three years were as a building principal or other PK–12
districtwide or area education agency administrator.
14.25(2) Each exchange license shall be limited to the
area(s) and level(s) of administration as determined by an analysis of the
application, the transcripts, and the license or certificate held in the state
in which the basic preparation for the administrative licensure was
completed.
14.25(3) Each individual receiving the two–year
exchange license will have to complete any identified licensure deficiencies in
order to be eligible for a regular educational and administrative license in
Iowa.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0252B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5), the
State Board of Education hereby amends Chapter 48, “Certified School to
Career Program Approval,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on August 23, 2000, as ARC 0085B. No
public comment was received on these amendments. These amendments are identical
to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
The amendments implement a change in the program approval
process for a new program authorized by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1013. The
amendments increase flexibility for students seeking to enter the program by
allowing program approval at the local level instead of the state level.
Certified School to Career Program Approval is designed to provide an
articulated sequential program of study, including secondary and postsecondary
components, resulting in a diploma, associate degree, or other credential and
utilizing paid work site internships in partnership with an employer to prepare
participants for specific employment. Additionally, the program assists
participants in preparing for a career field and provides postsecondary
education financing and employment opportunities in Iowa.
These amendments shall become effective December 20,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1013.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [Ch 48, title, 48.2 to 48.4] is being omitted. These
amendments are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0085B,
IAB 8/23/00.
[Filed 10/20/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0253B
EDUCATION
DEPARTMENT[281]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 256.7(5), the
State Board of Education hereby amends Chapter 97, “Supplementary
Weighting,” Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments establish the procedures for school districts
to generate funding for students in at–risk programs and alternative
school programs. 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1198, authorized a supplementary
weighting plan for students in at–risk and alternative school programs
based on enrollment and poverty factors.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the August 23,
2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 0080B. The adopted amendments
are identical to those published under Notice.
These amendments were approved during the October 19, 2000,
meeting of the State Board of Education.
These amendments will become effective on December 20,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section
257.11 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1198.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
281—97.1(257) by adopting the following new
definition in alphabetical order:
“Supplementary weighting plan for at–risk
students” shall mean a plan as defined in this chapter to add a weighting
for each resident student enrolled in the district and a weighting for each
resident student enrolled in grades one through six, as reported by the school
district on the basic educational data survey for the base year, who is eligible
for free and reduced price meals under the federal National School Lunch Act and
the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. Sections 1751–1785, to
generate funding to be used to develop or maintain at–risk programs, which
may include alternative school programs.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 281—97.2(257),
catchwords, as follows:
281—97.2(257) Supplementary weighting
plan.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 97.2(4) as
follows:
97.2(4) Attend class taught by a teacher jointly
employed with another school district. All of the following conditions must be
met for any student attending class taught by a teacher jointly employed to be
eligible for supplementary weighting under paragraph 97.2(1)“c.”
The school districts jointly employing the teacher must have:
a. A joint teacher evaluation process and
instruments.
b. A joint educational excellence phase III plan.
c. A joint seniority list.
d. One single, unified master contract which
illustrates joint collective bargaining.
e c. One single salary
schedule.
Except for joint employment contracts which meet the
requirements of paragraphs “a” to “e”
“c” above, no two or more school districts shall list each
other for the same classes and grade levels.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 97.2(5),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
97.2(5) Attend class in a community college. All of
the following conditions must be met for any student attending class
in a community college–offered class to be eligible for
supplementary weighting under paragraph 97.2(1)“d.”
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 97.2(6) by
adopting the following new paragraph
“l”:
l. Students enrolled in an at–risk program or
alternative school program.
ITEM 6. Renumber rule
281—97.3(257) as subrule 97.2(8) and adopt the following
new rule:
281—97.3(257) Supplementary weighting plan for
at–risk students.
97.3(1) Uses of funds. Funding generated by the
supplementary weighting plan for at–risk students shall be used to develop
or maintain at–risk programs, which may include alternative school
programs.
97.3(2) Calculation of funding. Funding for the
supplementary weighting plan for at–risk students is calculated as
follows:
a. Adding a weighting for each resident student of one hundred
fifty–six one–hundred–thousandths, and
b. Adding a weighting of forty–eight
ten–thousandths for each resident student enrolled in grades one through
six, as reported by the school district on the basic educational data survey for
the base year, who is eligible for free and reduced price meals under the
federal National School Lunch Act and the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966,
42 U.S.C. Sections 1751–1785.
97.3(3) Guarantee. Notwithstanding subrule 97.3(2), a
school district which received supplementary weighting for an alternative high
school program for the budget year beginning July 1, 1999, shall receive an
amount of supplementary weighting for the next three budget years as
follows:
a. For budget year 2000–2001, the greater of the amount
of supplementary weighting determined pursuant to subrule 97.3(2) or 65 percent
of the amount received for the budget year 1999–2000.
b. For budget year 2001–2002, the greater of the amount
of supplementary weighting determined pursuant to subrule 97.3(2) or 40 percent
of the amount received for the budget year 1999–2000.
c. For budget year 2002–2003, and succeeding budget
years, the amount of supplementary weighting determined pursuant to subrule
97.3(2).
d. If a school district receives an amount under this subrule
which exceeds the amount the district would otherwise have received pursuant to
subrule 97.3(2), the department of management shall annually determine the
amount of the excess that would have been state aid and the amount that would
have been property tax if the school district had generated that amount pursuant
to subrule 97.3(2), and shall include the amounts in the state aid payments and
property tax levies of school districts.
97.3(4) Recalculation of funding. The department of
management shall recalculate the supplementary weighting amount received each
year to add the amount of the reduction in funding from one budget year to the
next pursuant to subrule 97.3(3) into the statewide total amount generated. In
making this recalculation, the department of management shall keep the statewide
sum of the amount generated by weighting resident students approximately equal
to the statewide sum of the amount generated by weighting resident students
enrolled in grades one through six that are eligible for free and reduced price
meals.
97.3(5) School–based youth services. For budget
years 2000–2001 and 2001–2002, if the amount to be received under
subrule 97.3(2) or subrule 97.3(3) by a school district or a consortium of
school districts is less than $50,000 and the school district or consortium
received funding for school–based youth services during the budget year
1999–2000, that school district or consortium shall receive a total under
this subrule of $50,000 for each of the budget years beginning July 1, 2000, and
beginning July 1, 2001. The department of management shall adjust the
supplementary weighting of a school district or the school district acting as
the fiscal agent for a consortium eligible under this subrule in a manner to
ensure that the district or the consortium receives the total sum of $50,000 as
guaranteed in this subrule. If the consortium elects not to continue a
school–based youth service program, the funds shall be distributed equally
to the school districts in the consortium.
[Filed 10/20/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0277B
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]
Adopted and Filed Without Notice
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.105 and
455B.173, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 60,
“Scope of Title—Definitions—Forms—Rules of
Practice,” Chapter 62, “Effluent and Pretreatment Standards: Other
Effluent Limitations or Prohibitions,” and Chapter 63, “Monitoring,
Analytical and Reporting Requirements,” Iowa Administrative
Code.
The purpose of these amendments is to update references to
federal effluent and pretreatment standards and associated analytical methods.
References to federal effluent and pretreatment standards found in rules
62.4(455B) and 62.5(455B) are amended to reflect updates to 40 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR). The change to rule 60.2(455B) updates the definition of
“Act” to include amendments to the Water Pollution Control Act
through July 1, 2000. The change to subrule 63.1(1) updates the reference to
the latest federally approved methods for the analysis of wastewater
samples.
In accordance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Commission
finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary. Under rule
62.2(455B), the Commission has determined previously that good cause exists for
exempting from the notice and public participation requirements of Iowa Code
section 17A.4(1) the adoption by reference of certain federal effluent and
pretreatment standards. The Commission found that public participation is
unnecessary since the Commission must adopt effluent and pretreatment standards
at least as stringent as the enumerated promulgated federal standards in order
to have continued approval of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) of the
Department’s NPDES program. Iowa Code section 455B.173(3) requires that
the effluent and pretreatment standards adopted by the Commission not be more
stringent than the enumerated promulgated federal standards. The Commission
also found that public participation is unnecessary when updating the reference
to approved methods for analysis because these methods are required by EPA to be
used to implement federal effluent and pretreatment standards.
The Commission adopted these amendments on October 16, 2000.
These amendments will become effective on December 20, 2000.
These amendments may have an impact upon small
businesses.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
455B, division III, part 1.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule
567—60.2(455B), definition of “Act,” to read as
follows:
“Act” means the Federal Water Pollution Control
Act as amended through July 1, 1999 2000, 33 U.S.C.
§1251 et seq.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 567—62.4(455B),
introductory paragraph, to read as follows:
567—62.4(455B) Federal effluent and pretreatment
standards. The federal standards, 40 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR),
revised as of July 1, 1999 2000, are applicable to the
following categories:
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 62.4(37) to read as
follows:
62.4(37) Water supply point source
category. Centralized waste treatment point source category.
Reserved.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 62.4(41) to read as
follows:
62.4(41) Transportation point source
category. Industrial laundries point source category.
Reserved.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 62.4(42) to read as
follows:
62.4(42) Fish hatcheries and farms point
source category. Reserved. Transportation equipment cleaning point
source category. The following is adopted by reference: 40 CFR Part
442.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 62.4(44) to read as
follows:
62.4(44) Autos and other laundries point
source category. Reserved. Waste combustors point source category.
The following is adopted by reference: 40 CFR Part 444.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 62.4(45) to read as
follows:
62.4(45) Converted paper products point source
category. Reserved. Landfills point source category. The following
is adopted by reference: 40 CFR Part 445.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 567—62.5(455B)
to read as follows:
567—62.5(455B) Federal toxic effluent standards.
The following is adopted by reference: 40 CFR Part 129, revised as of July 1,
1999 2000.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 63.1(1),
paragraph “a,” to read as follows:
a. The following is adopted by reference: 40 Code of Federal
Regulations (CFR) Part 136, revised as of July 1, 1999
2000.
[Filed Without Notice 10/27/00, effective
12/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0272B
HUMAN SERVICES
DEPARTMENT[441]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1221,
section 3, subsection 3, paragraph “b,” the Risk Pool Board
established by Iowa Code section 426B.5(3)“b” hereby amends Chapter
25, “Disability Services Management,” appearing in the Iowa
Administrative Code.
The Seventy–eighth General Assembly, in 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1221, section 3, as amended by chapter 1232, section 4, provided an
appropriation from the Tobacco Settlement Fund to establish a risk pool fund.
This fund is established to provide assistance to counties with limited county
mental health, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities services fund
balances to pay reimbursement increases to certain service providers that have
increased the compensation of their service staff in state fiscal year
2001.
Any county wishing to receive assistance from the Tobacco
Settlement Fund risk pool must apply to the Risk Pool Board by September 25,
2000. The legislature appropriated $2 million for the fund for fiscal year
2001. The total amount of Tobacco Settlement Fund risk pool assistance to
counties shall be limited to the amount available in the risk pool for a fiscal
year. If the total amount of eligible assistance exceeds the amount available
in the risk pool, the Risk Pool Board shall prorate among the counties eligible
for assistance the amount of assistance or adjust the percentage rate increase
allowed to providers. These rules contain provisions for repaying the risk pool
funds under specified conditions.
These rules do not provide for waivers in specified situations
because the requirements for eligibility for funds and for awarding and
repayment of funds are all stated in the statute. These requirements cannot be
waived by rule.
These amendments were previously Adopted and Filed Emergency
and published in the July 26, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9993A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was
published in the July 26, 2000, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC
9994A.
The Risk Pool Board adopted these rules October 19,
2000.
These rules are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These rules are intended to implement 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter
1221, section 3, as amended by chapter 1232, section 4.
These rules shall become effective January 1, 2001, at which
time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendments are hereby rescinded.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these rules [25.71 to 25.77] is being omitted. These rules are identical to
those published under Notice as ARC 9994A and Adopted and Filed
Emergency as ARC 9993A, IAB 7/26/00.
[Filed 10/23/00, effective 1/1/01]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0285B
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 505.8, 513B.14
and 513C.12, the Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 5, “Regulation
of Insurers—General Provisions,” Chapter 71, “Small Group
Health Benefit Plans,” and Chapter 75, “Iowa Individual Health
Benefit Plans,” Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments eliminate reporting requirements by insurance
carriers to the health data commission. The amendments also eliminate the
lifetime maximum benefit for transplant coverage under the small group and
individual guaranteed issue standard health benefit plans.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin on September 20, 2000, as ARC 0133B. A public
hearing was held on October 13, 2000, at the Insurance Division office. No
public comments were received at the hearing. The Division received no written
comments. These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of
Intended Action.
These amendments were adopted by the Division on October 25,
2000.
These amendments will become effective December 20,
2000.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections
505.8, 513B.14 and 513C.12.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [5.90, 71.14(8), 75.10(5)] is being omitted. These amendments
are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0133B, IAB
9/20/00.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0282B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 17, “Exempt
Sales,” and Chapter 18, “Taxable and Exempt Sales Determined by
Method of Transaction or Usage,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXIII,
Number 6, page 521, on September 20, 2000, as ARC 0140B.
These amendments concern three exemptions enacted by the 2000
General Assembly. In 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1169, the Legislature created an
exemption from sales and use tax applicable to livestock ear tags sold by
nonprofit organizations if the proceeds from the ear tag sales are used in
bovine research programs selected or approved by the selling
organization.
The Legislature also created, retroactively in 2000 Iowa Acts,
chapter 1207, an exemption from sales and use tax in favor of goods, wares,
merchandise, and taxable services purchased by a nonprofit hospital for use in
the fulfillment of written construction contracts. The exemption is applicable
only to a limited time period. In connection with that exemption, the
Legislature also created a right of refund for taxes paid, and this right of
refund is applicable to future as well as past periods.
A third enactment, 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1189, expands the
exemption from sales tax applicable to Internet access charges. The exemption
is expanded to include the service of providing any information made available
through a computer server.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective December 20, 2000,
after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code
Supplement section 422.45 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapters 1169 and 1207,
and Iowa Code Supplement section 422.45, subsection 56, as amended by 2000 Iowa
Acts, chapter 1189, section 29.
EDITOR’S NOTE:
Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee
published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of
these amendments [17.35, 18.20(5), 18.59] is being omitted. These amendments
are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 0140B, IAB
9/20/00.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published
11/15/00]
[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement
11/15/00.]
ARC 0284B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 422.68, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 18, “Taxable and
Exempt Sales Determined by Method of Transaction or Usage,” Iowa
Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume
XXIII, Number 6, page 523, on September 20, 2000, as ARC
0139B.
The 2000 Session of the legislature excluded from the
definition of a taxable “sale” of tangible personal property any
transaction the substance of which is delivered to a purchaser digitally,
electronically, or by utilizing cable, radio waves, microwaves, satellites, or
fiber optics. The legislation is retroactive to March 15, 1995, and is repealed
December 31, 2002. A new rule is created to explain the legislation and certain
of its ramifications.
This rule is identical to the one published under Notice of
Intended Action.
This rule will become effective December 20, 2000, after
filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the Iowa
Administrative Bulletin.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.43 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1195, section 2.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 701—Chapter 18 by adopting the following
new rule:
701—18.61(422,423) Exclusion from tax for property
delivered by certain media. For the period beginning March 15, 1995, and
ending December 31, 2002, inclusive, a taxable “sale” of tangible
personal property does not occur if the substance of the transaction is
delivered to the purchaser digitally, electronically, or by utilizing cable,
radio waves, microwaves, satellites, or fiber optics. This exclusion from tax
is not applicable to any leasing of tangible personal property, a lease not
being a “sale” of tangible personal property for the purposes of
Iowa sales and use tax law, Cedar Valley Leasing, Inc. v. Iowa Department of
Revenue, 274 N.W.2d 357 (Iowa 1979). The exclusion is also not applicable to
property delivered by any medium other than those listed above. Sales of items
such as artwork, drawings, photographs, music, electronic greeting cards,
“canned” software (see subrule 18.34(1)), entertainment properties
(e.g., films, concerts, books, and television and radio programs), and all other
digitized products delivered as described above are not taxable, except the
exclusion does not repeal by implication the tax on the service of providing pay
television. See rule 701— 26.56(422). If an order for a product is
placed by way of any of the media described above but the product ordered is
delivered by conventional, physical means, e.g., the U.S. Postal Service or
common carrier, sale of the product is not excluded from tax under this
rule.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement
section 422.43 as amended by 2000 Iowa Acts, chapter 1195, section 2.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
ARC 0283B
REVENUE AND FINANCE
DEPARTMENT[701]
Adopted and Filed
Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 421.14, the
Department of Revenue and Finance hereby amends Chapter 84, “Unfair
Cigarette Sales,” Iowa Administrative Code.
Notice of Intended Action was published in IAB Volume XXII,
Number 23, page 1683, on May 17, 2000, as ARC 9836A.
The rules provide a procedure for wholesalers and retailers to
prove to the Department that their cost of doing business validates that the
price at which they sell cigarettes does not violate the minimum price law; list
various costs that may be considered in determining a wholesaler’s or
retailer’s cost of doing business; require that any discounts offered be
shown on the invoice to be allowed as a reduction in the cost of doing business;
and clarify that any incentives offered by the manufacturer to the consumer do
not affect the minimum sales price of cigarettes.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice
of Intended Action.
These amendments will become effective December 20, 2000,
after filing with the Administrative Rules Coordinator and publication in the
Iowa Administrative Bulletin.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter
421B.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 701—84.2(421B),
introductory paragraph, as follows:
701—84.2(421B) Minimum price. The formula for
determining the “cost of cigarettes” to a
wholesaler or retailer as determined defined in Iowa
Code section 421B.2 is not conclusive. The retailer, wholesaler or the
department may prove that the “cost of cigarettes”
is either higher or lower.
Any wholesaler or retailer who desires to prove that the
wholesaler’s or retailer’s cost is less than the statutory
presumptive cost computed according to the Iowa unfair cigarette sales Act, Iowa
Code chapter 421B, shall submit a petition for approval of a lower cost along
with actual cost data to the department of revenue and finance. The statutory
presumptive cost must be used in determining minimum price until approval has
been granted by the department. If the requester continues to sell cigarettes
at less than the presumptive cost, the department may revoke the
requester’s permit or seek an injunction pursuant to Iowa Code section
427B.10 to prevent such action.
Any requester making sales of cigarettes in or into Iowa
for more than 12 months shall submit cost data for the 12–month period
ending no more than 30 days prior to the submission of the petition. Any
requester making sales of cigarettes in or into Iowa for less than 12 months
shall submit cost data for the period beginning with the start of business and
ending no more than 30 days prior to the submission of the petition. The
department shall notify the wholesaler or retailer of the acceptance or
rejection of the petition. If the requester disagrees with the
department’s determination, the requester may file a protest within 60
days of the department’s decision in accordance with rule 701—
7.41(17A).
Costs of doing business shall include, but are not limited
to, freight charges, labor, and equipment costs to affix stamps, ink, glue,
permit fees, management fees, labor costs (including salaries of officers),
rents, depreciation, selling costs, maintenance expenses, interest expenses,
delivery costs, taxes, insurance, advertising expenses, and any other
operational and administrative costs. The requester shall set forth the basis
for allocated costs. When the computed price cost
amounts to any fractional part of a cent, the price cost
must not be less than the next higher cent. However, sales made between
wholesalers as provided for in Iowa Code section 421B.5, sales described in Iowa
Code section 421B.6, and sales outside of the ordinary channels of trade as
provided in Iowa Code section 421B.9 shall not be required to adhere to the
minimum pricing requirements set forth in Iowa Code section 421B.3 and this
rule. See rule 84.5(421B).
ITEM 2. Amend rule
701—84.2(421B), first unnumbered paragraph, as follows:
For purposes of determining the basic cost of cigarettes for
wholesalers or retailers, trade or cash discounts may be deducted, if available,
even though not taken. The discount taken or available must be clearly
specified on the invoice or it will not be allowed as a reduction in the basic
cost of cigarettes. Any financial incentive given to a wholesaler or retailer
by a manufacturer at a later date will not reduce the basic cost of
cigarettes.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 701—84.4(421B)
as follows:
701—84.4(421B) Retail redemption of coupons.
The redemption of coupons by retailers, which coupons were supplied to consumers
by manufacturers and will be redeemed from the retailers by the manufacturers,
does not affect the minimum sales price of cigarettes. The retailer is still
receiving the statutory minimum price even though that price is paid by two
different persons, the consumer and the manufacturer. (See 1986 O.A.G. 68.)
Manufacturer incentives to the consumer in lieu of a coupon which reduce the
cost of the cigarettes to the consumer do not affect the minimum sales price of
cigarettes when the manufacturer absorbs the loss for the
incentive.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section
421B.3.
[Filed 10/27/00, effective 12/20/00]
[Published 11/15/00]
EDITOR’S NOTE:
For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 11/15/00.
Previous Bulletin
Table of Contents
Next Bulletin
© 2000 Cornell College and
League of Women Voters of Iowa
Comments about this site or page?
lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.
Last update: Wed Nov 15 0:05:01 2000
URL: /Rules/2000/Bulletin/acb001115.html
sam